LANDMARK BANCSHARES INC
10KSB40, 1998-12-28
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: STEEL PARTNERS II L P, SC 13D/A, 1998-12-28
Next: ALLIANCE GLOBAL DOLLAR GOVERNMENT FUND INC, 485APOS, 1998-12-28



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
                                   FORM 10-KSB
(Mark One)
[X]      ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended                 September 30, 1998           
                          ------------------------------------------------------

                                     - OR -

|_|      TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                       to            
                               ---------------------    ------------------------

SEC File Number:  0-23164

                            LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
              (Exact name of small business issuer in its charter)

                  Kansas                                        48-1142260    
- ----------------------------------------------             ------------------
       (State or other jurisdiction of                       (I.R.S. Employer
      of incorporation or organization)                    Identification No.)

Central and Spruce Streets, Dodge City, Kansas                  67801         
- ----------------------------------------------                  -----         
   (Address of principal executive offices)                   (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:         (316) 227-8111 
                                                            --------------
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:         None  
                                                            --------------
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                     Common Stock, par value $0.10 per share
                     ---------------------------------------
                                (Title of Class)

         Check  whether  the issuer:  (1) has filed all  reports  required to be
filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 during the
past 12 months (or for such shorter period that  Registrant was required to file
such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes  X     No
             ---       ---

         Check if there is no  disclosure  of  delinquent  filers in response to
Item 405 of Regulation S-B is not contained in this form, and no disclosure will
be contained,  to the best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive  proxy or
information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-KSB
or any amendment to this Form 10-KSB. [ ]

         State issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year $18,231,099.

         Issuer's  voting  stock  trades on The Nasdaq  Stock  Market  under the
symbol  "LARK".  The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  stock  held  by
non-affiliates  of the issuer,  based upon the closing price of such stock as of
December 18, 1998 ($23.63 per share), was $21.5 million.

         As of December  18, 1998,  registrant  had  1,231,571  shares of Common
Stock outstanding.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1.   Part II -- Portions of issuer's 1998 Annual Report to Stockholders.

2.   Part III -- Portions  of issuer's  Proxy  Statement  for Annual  Meeting of
     Stockholders to be held in January 1999.


<PAGE>



                                     PART I

         Landmark Bancshares,  Inc. (the "Registrant" or the "Company") may from
time to  time  make  written  or oral  "forward-looking  statements",  including
statements  contained in the Company's  filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  (including  this  annual  report  on Form  10-KSB  and the  exhibits
thereto),  in its reports to  stockholders  and in other  communications  by the
Company,  which  are made in good  faith by the  Company  pursuant  to the "safe
harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

         These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties,  such
as statements of the Company's plans,  objectives,  expectations,  estimates and
intentions,  that are subject to change based on various important factors (some
of which are beyond the Company's control). The following factors, among others,
could cause the Company's  financial  performance to differ  materially from the
plans,  objectives,  expectations,  estimates and  intentions  expressed in such
forward-looking statements: the strength of the United States economy in general
and  the  strength  of  the  local  economies  in  which  the  Company  conducts
operations;  the effects of, and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies
and laws,  including  interest  rate  policies of the Board of  Governors of the
Federal  Reserve  System,   inflation,   interest  rate,   market  and  monetary
fluctuations;  the timely  development  of and  acceptance  of new  products and
services of the Company and the perceived  overall  value of these  products and
services by users,  including  the  features,  pricing  and quality  compared to
competitors'  products and  services;  the  willingness  of users to  substitute
competitors' products and services for the Company's products and services;  the
success of the  Company in  gaining  regulatory  approval  of its  products  and
services,  when required;  the impact of changes in financial services' laws and
regulations   (including  laws  concerning   taxes,   banking,   securities  and
insurance);  technological changes,  acquisitions;  changes in consumer spending
and saving habits; and the success of the Company at managing these risks.

         The  Company  cautions  that  this  list of  important  factors  is not
exclusive.  The  Company  does  not  undertake  to  update  any  forward-looking
statement,  whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on
behalf of the Company.


Item 1. Description of Business
- -------------------------------

General

         The Company is a unitary  savings  and loan  holding  company  that was
incorporated  in  November  1994  under the laws of the State of Kansas  for the
purpose of acquiring all of the issued and outstanding  common stock of Landmark
Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank").  This  acquisition  occurred in March 1994 at
the time Landmark  simultaneously  converted from a mutual to stock institution,
and sold all of its  outstanding  capital  stock to the  Company and the Company
made its initial  public  offering  of common  stock (the  "Conversion").  As of
September  30,  1998,  the Company  had total  assets of $225.4  million,  total
deposits of $154.8 million,  and stockholders'  equity of $25.0 million or 11.1%
of total assets under generally accepted  accounting  principles  ("GAAP").  The
only subsidiary of the Company is the Bank.


         The Bank is a federally  chartered stock savings bank  headquartered in
Dodge City,  Kansas.  The Bank was founded in 1920 with a charter from the state
of Kansas  under the name of "Dodge  City  Savings and Loan  Association"  which
later became a federal association under the name of "First Federal

                                        2

<PAGE>



Savings and Loan of Dodge  City." First  Federal  Savings and Loan of Dodge City
became known as Landmark Federal Savings Association in 1983 when it changed its
name at the  time it  merged  with  Peoples  Savings  and  Loan  Association  of
Sterling,  Kansas.  Landmark  Federal  Savings  Association  changed its name to
Landmark Federal Bank at the time it converted to stock form and was acquired by
Registrant  in March 1995.  The Bank's  deposits  are  federally  insured by the
Savings  Association  Insurance Fund ("SAIF"),  as  administered  by the Federal
Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").

         The primary  activity  of the Company is  directing  and  planning  the
activities of the Bank, the Company's  primary asset. At September 30, 1998, the
remainder of the assets of the Company were  maintained  as deposits in the Bank
or in the form of common stock of other banks.  The Company  engages in no other
significant  activities.  As a result,  references  to the Company or Registrant
generally  refer to the Bank,  unless the context  otherwise  indicates.  In the
discussion of  regulation,  except for the  discussion of the  regulation of the
Company, all regulations apply to the Bank rather than the Company.

         Registrant is primarily engaged in attracting deposits from the general
public  and  using  those  funds to  originate  and sell  real  estate  loans on
one-to-four family residences and, to a lesser extent, to originate consumer and
construction  loans  for  its  portfolio.  Registrant  also  purchases  one-  to
four-family  residential  loans.  Registrant  has offices in Garden City,  Dodge
City, Great Bend,  LaCrosse,  and Hoisington,  Kansas,  which are located in its
primary market area of Ford,  Finney,  Barton, and Rush Counties in the State of
Kansas.  The Registrant  also has a loan  origination  office in the Kansas City
area.  In  addition,  Registrant  invests  in  mortgage-related  securities  and
investment   securities.   Registrant   offers  its  customers   fixed-rate  and
adjustable-rate mortgage loans, as well as FHA/VA loans, commercial and consumer
loans, including home equity and savings account loans. Adjustable-rate mortgage
loans and 15-year  fixed-rate  mortgage  loans are  originated  for retention in
Registrant's portfolio while 30-year fixed-rate mortgage loans are sold into the
secondary market. All consumer loans are retained in Registrant's portfolio.

         The principal sources of funds for Registrant's  lending activities are
deposits   and   the   amortization,   repayment,   and   maturity   of   loans,
mortgage-related  securities,  and investment  securities.  Principal sources of
income are interest and fees on loans,  mortgage-related securities,  investment
securities,  and deposits  held in other  financial  institutions.  Registrant's
principal expense is interest paid on deposits.

Market Area

         The Kansas  counties  of Ford,  Finney,  Barton,  and Rush,  Kansas are
Registrant's  primary market area. This area was founded on  agriculture,  which
continues to play a major role in the economy.  Predominant  activities  involve
the wheat crop and feed lot operations. Dodge City, the location of Registrant's
main  office is known as the  "Cowboy  Capital  of the World"  and  maintains  a
significant  tourism industry.  In the central part of Kansas,  where Registrant
has most of its branch  offices,  the oil  industry  is  prevalent.  The largest
employment sector in Registrant's market area is agriculture. The market area of
Registrant is largely dependent upon the agricultural, beef packing, and oil and
gas industries.  The effect of a downturn in either or both of these  industries
could have a negative impact on the results of operations of Registrant.


                                        3

<PAGE>



Lending Activities

         General.  Registrant's loan portfolio  consists  primarily of fixed and
adjustable-rate mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residences and, to
a lesser  extent,  consumer  loans and  construction  loans.  The portfolio also
includes commercial real estate loans.

                                        4

<PAGE>



     Analysis of Loan  Portfolio.  Set forth below is selected  data relating to
the  composition  of  Registrant's  loan  portfolio by type of loan on the dates
indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           At September 30,
                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1998                 1997                  1996                  1995               1994
                             ------------------  --------------------   ---------------------  ----------------- -------------------
                                  $       %            $        %            $          %         $         %         $        %
                                 ---     ---          ---      ---          ---        ---       ---       ---       ---      ---
                                                                       (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                          <C>       <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>     
Type of Loan: (1)
Real estate loans
  Construction..............  $  1,386    .79%    $  1,937      1.22%    $  1,130       .87 %  $   202     0.20 % $   221     0.31%
  Residential...............   132,077   75.59     125,961     79.64      105,195     80.98     83,519    84.42    64,169    90.06
  Commercial................     4,937    2.83       2,666      1.69        1,852      1.43      1,781     1.80     1,300     1.83
  Second mortgage...........    10,072    5.76       9,986      6.31        8,140      6.27      5,784     5.85     2,916     4.09
Commercial business.........     8,579    4.91       4,050      2.56        3,601      2.77      1,753     1.77        74     0.10
Consumer:                                                                           
  Savings account...........       588     .34         574       .36          555       .43        605     0.61       369     0.52
  Home improvement..........        --      --          --        --           --        --         --       --         1     0.00
  Automobile................    17,623   10.08      13,310      8.42        9,784      7.53      5,986     6.05     3,118     4.38
  Other.....................       837     .48         968       .61          643       .49        286     0.29        45     0.06
                               -------  ------     -------    ------      -------   -------     ------   ------    ------   ------
  Gross loans...............   176,099  100.78     159,452    100.81      130,900    100.77     99,916   100.99    72,213   101.35
Less:.......................
  Unamortized premiums
   (discounts) on
   loan purchases...........        31     .02          30       .02           47       .04         69     0.07        --       --
  Loans in process..........        24     .01          (2)       --           --        --        (45)   (0.05)       --       --
  Deferred loan 
  origination fees 
  and costs.................      (284)   (.16)       (348)     (.22)        (304)     (.23)      (362)   (0.37)     (341)   (0.48)

  Allowance for 
    loan losses.............    (1,137)   (.65)       (969)     (.61)        (740)     (.58)      (644)   (6.44)     (619)   (0.87)
                               -------  ------     -------    ------      -------    ------     ------   ------    ------   ------
Total loans, net............  $174,733  100.00%   $158,163    100.00%    $129,903    100.00 %  $98,934   100.00 % $71,253   100.00 %
                               =======  ======     =======    ======      =======    ======     ======   ======    ======   ======
</TABLE>


- ---------------
(1) Includes loans classified as held for sale.

                                        5

<PAGE>



         Loan  Maturity.   The  following  table  sets  forth  the  maturity  of
Registrant's  loan  portfolio at September 30, 1998.  The table does not include
prepayments  or  scheduled  principal  repayments.   Prepayments  and  scheduled
principal  repayments on loans totalled $68.3 million,  $40.2 million, and $28.9
million  for  the  three  years  ended  September  30,  1998,  1997,  and  1996,
respectively.  Adjustable-  rate mortgage  loans are shown as maturing  based on
contractual maturities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         1-4 Family             Other
                                         Real Estate         Residential
                                          Mortgage            Commercial         Construction          Consumer            Total
                                          --------            ----------         ------------          --------            -----
                                                                               (In Thousands)
<S>                                    <C>                 <C>                       <C>            <C>               <C>       
Amounts Due:
Within 1 year...................        $        81         $      4,181              $  458         $     2,437       $    7,157


After 1 year:                                                                                                      
  1 to 3 years..................                411                3,968                  --               5,936           10,315
  3 to 5 years..................              1,572                  951                  --              13,887           16,410
  5 to 10 years.................              7,218                1,593                  --               6,014           14,825
  10 to 20 years................             61,605                6,195                 497                 846           69,143
  Over 20 years.................             57,818                   --                 431                  --           58,249
                                           --------            ---------              ------          ----------          -------
Total due after one year........            128,624               12,707                 928              26,683          168,942
                                           --------              -------              ------             -------          -------
Total amount due................           $128,705              $16,888              $1,386             $29,120          176,099

Less:
Unamortized premium                                                                                                
on loan purchases...............                 31                   --                  --                  --               31
Allowance for loan loss.........              (689)                 (60)                  --               (388)          (1,137)
Loans in process................                 24                   --                  --                  --               24
Deferred loan fees..............               (279)                  (3)                 (2)                 --             (284)
  Loans receivable, net.........           $127,792              $16,825              $1,384             $28,732         $174,733
                                            =======               ======               =====              ======          =======
</TABLE>



         The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans due after
September  30,  1999,  which have  predetermined  interest  rates and which have
floating or adjustable interest rates.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Floating or
                       Fixed Rates           Adjustable Rates       Total
                       -----------           ----------------       -----
                                              (In Thousands)
<S>                     <C>                       <C>            <C>     
One-to-four family....   $60,904                   $67,720        $128,624
Commercial............    10,317                     2,390          12,707
Construction..........       928                        --             928
Consumer..............    26,521                       162          26,683
                          ------                    ------        --------
  Total...............   $98,670                   $70,272        $168,942
                          ======                    ======         =======
</TABLE>





                                        6

<PAGE>



         Residential  Loans.  Registrant's  primary lending activity consists of
the  origination of one-to-four  family,  owner-occupied,  residential  mortgage
loans secured by property  located in its primary market area.  Registrant  also
originates  a  small  number  of  residential   real  estate  loans  secured  by
multi-family dwellings.

         Registrant offers adjustable-rate  mortgages ("ARMs") that adjust every
one,  three,  and five years and have terms from 1 to 30 years,  and  fixed-rate
mortgage loans with terms of 1 to 30 years. The interest rates on ARMs are based
on treasury bill rates and the national cost of funds.  Registrant considers the
market factors and  competitive  rates on loans as well as its own cost of funds
when  determining  the rates on the loans that it offers.  Registrant also has a
small network of correspondents from whom Registrant may be referred both fixed-
and  adjustable-rate   real  estate  mortgage  loans.   Registrant  retains  the
adjustable-rate  loans for its own loan  portfolio  and sells  most of the fixed
rate  loans  into the  secondary  market,  primarily  to the  Federal  Home Loan
Mortgage Corporation  ("FHLMC").  Historically,  Registrant has sold its 30-year
and 15-year fixed rate loans in the secondary  market;  however,  Registrant has
recently  begun to hold its  15-year and 20-year  fixed rate  mortgage  loans to
maturity.  Registrant  also offers Federal Housing  Administration  and Veterans
Administration   ("FHA/VA")  loans.  Fixed-rate  mortgage  loans  are  generally
originated to FHLMC standards.  Although Registrant  originates  adjustable-rate
mortgage loans for its own portfolio,  they are underwritten to FHLMC standards,
so that they are saleable in the secondary  market.  FHA/VA loans are originated
in accordance with FHA/VA guidelines,  most of which are sold to various private
investors.

         Generally, during periods of rising interest rates, the risk of default
on an ARM is  considered  to be greater than the risk of default on a fixed-rate
loan due to the upward  adjustment of interest  costs to the  borrower.  To help
reduce such risk,  Registrant  qualifies the loan at the fully  indexed  accrual
rate, as opposed to the original interest rate. ARMs may be made at up to 95% of
the loan to value ratio.
Registrant does not originate ARMs with negative amortization.

         Regulations  limit the amount which a savings  association  may lend in
relationship  to the  appraised  value of the real estate  securing the loan, as
determined  by an appraisal at the time of loan  origination.  Such  regulations
permit a maximum  loan-to-value  ratio of 100% for residential  property and 90%
for all  other  real  estate  loans.  Registrant's  lending  policies,  however,
generally limit the maximum loan-to-value ratio to 80% of the appraised value of
the property, based on an independent or staff appraisal.  When Registrant makes
a loan in  excess  of 80% of the  appraised  value or  purchase  price,  private
mortgage  insurance is generally required for at least the amount of the loan in
excess  of 80% of the  appraised  value.  Registrant  generally  does  not  make
non-owner occupied one- to four-family loans in excess of 80%.

         The  loan-to-value  ratio,   maturity,  and  other  provisions  of  the
residential  real estate loans made by  Registrant  reflect the policy of making
loans generally below the maximum limits permitted under applicable regulations.
Registrant  requires an independent or staff  appraisal,  title  insurance or an
attorney's opinion or with an abstract,  flood hazard insurance (if applicable),
and fire and casualty  insurance on all  properties  securing  real estate loans
made by  Registrant.  Registrant  reserves the right to approve the selection of
which title  insurance  companies'  policies are  acceptable  to insure the real
estate in the loan transactions.

         While one- to  four-family  residential  real estate loans are normally
originated with 15-30 year terms,  such loans typically  remain  outstanding for
substantially  shorter  periods.  This is because  borrowers  often prepay their
loans in full upon sale of the property pledged as security or upon

                                        7

<PAGE>



refinancing   the  original  loan.  In  addition,   substantially   all  of  the
fixed-interest  rate loans in Registrant's  loan portfolio  contain  due-on-sale
clauses  providing that Registrant may declare the unpaid amount due and payable
upon the sale of the  property  securing  the loan.  Registrant  enforces  these
due-on-sale  clauses to the extent permitted by law. Thus, average loan maturity
is a function of, among other  factors,  the level of purchase and sale activity
in the real estate market,  prevailing  interest  rates,  and the interest rates
payable on outstanding loans.

         Second Mortgage Loans. Registrant makes loans on real estate secured by
secondary,  or junior,  mortgages.  Secondary  mortgage  loans possess  somewhat
greater risk than primary  mortgage  loans because the security  underlying  the
second  mortgage  loan must first be used to satisfy  the  obligation  under the
primary mortgage loan.  Registrant's  lending policies for second mortgage loans
secured  by one- to  four-family  residences  are  similar  to  those  used  for
residential loans, including the required  loan-to-value ratio.  Registrant does
not currently  originate any second  mortgage  loans outside its primary  market
area.

         Multi-Family    Loans.    Registrant   also   makes    fixed-rate   and
adjustable-rate  multi-family loans, including loans on apartment complexes. The
largest multi-family real estate loan had a balance of approximately $764,000 at
September 30, 1998, on an apartment  complex  located  within its primary market
area.

         Multi-family  loans  generally  provide  higher  origination  fees  and
interest rates, as well as shorter terms to maturity and repricing,  than can be
obtained from  single-family  mortgage  loans.  Multi-family  lending,  however,
entails   significant   additional  risks  compared  with  one-  to  four-family
residential  lending.  For example,  multi-family loans typically involve larger
loan balances to single  borrowers or groups of related  borrowers,  the payment
experience on such loans  typically is dependent on the successful  operation of
the real estate project, and these risks can be significantly impacted by supply
and  demand  conditions  in the market for  multi-family  residential  units and
commercial office, retail, and warehouse space.

         Consumer  Loans.  Registrant  views  consumer  lending as an  important
component of its business  operations  because  consumer  loans  generally  have
shorter terms and higher yields,  thus reducing  exposure to changes in interest
rates. In addition,  Registrant  believes that offering  consumer loans helps to
expand and create stronger ties to its customer base.  Consequently,  Registrant
intends to continue its consumer lending. Regulations permit federally-chartered
savings banks to make certain secured and unsecured  consumer loans up to 35% of
assets.  In addition,  Registrant has lending  authority above the 35% limit for
certain  consumer loans,  such as home  improvement,  credit card, and education
loans, and loans secured by savings accounts.

         Consumer loans consist of personal  unsecured  loans,  home improvement
loans, automobile loans, and savings account loans, at fixed rates.

         The  underwriting  standards  employed by Registrant for consumer loans
include a determination of the applicant's payment history on other debts and an
assessment of ability to meet existing  obligations and payments on the proposed
loan. In addition,  the stability of the applicant's monthly income from primary
employment is considered during the underwriting  process.  Credit worthiness of
the applicant is of primary  consideration;  however,  the underwriting  process
also  includes a  comparison  of the value of the  security  in  relation to the
proposed loan amount.


                                        8

<PAGE>



         Consumer loans entail greater credit risk than do residential  mortgage
loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans which are unsecured or secured
by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as automobiles, mobile homes, boats, and
recreational  vehicles.  In such cases,  repossessed  collateral for a defaulted
consumer  loan  may  not  provide  an  adequate  source  of  repayment  for  the
outstanding  loan and the remaining  deficiency  often does not warrant  further
substantial  collection  efforts  against the borrower.  In particular,  amounts
realizable on the sale of repossessed  automobiles may be significantly  reduced
based  upon the  condition  of the  automobiles  and the lack of demand for used
automobiles.  Registrant  adds a general  provision  to its  consumer  loan loss
allowance,  based on general economic  conditions,  prior loss  experience,  and
management's periodic evaluation.

         Commercial Real Estate Loans.  Commercial real estate secured loans are
originated  in amounts up to 80% of the appraised  value of the  property.  Such
appraised value is determined by an independent appraiser previously approved by
Registrant.  Registrant's  commercial  real  estate  loans are  permanent  loans
secured by improved  property  such as small office  buildings,  retail  stores,
small strip plazas, and other non-residential  buildings.  Registrant originates
commercial  real  estate  loans  with  amortization  periods  of 1 to 20  years,
primarily as adjustable rate mortgages.

         Loans secured by  commercial  real estate  generally  involve a greater
degree of risk than  residential  mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances.
This  increased  credit  risk is a result  of  several  factors,  including  the
concentration  of  principal  in a limited  number of loans and  borrowers,  the
effects of general economic  conditions on income  producing  properties and the
increased  difficulty  of  evaluating  and  monitoring  these  types  of  loans.
Furthermore,  the  repayment  of loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate is
typically  dependent  upon the  successful  operation of the related real estate
project. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, the borrower's ability to
repay the loan may be impaired.  At September 30, 1998,  the largest  commercial
real estate loan had a balance of approximately $721,000 and was performing.

         Construction   Loans.   Registrant  does  not  actively  seek  to  make
construction loans.  Construction financing is generally considered to involve a
higher  degree of risk of loss than  long-term  financing on improved,  occupied
real estate.  Risk of loss on a construction  loan is dependent largely upon the
accuracy  of the initial  estimate  of the  property's  value at  completion  of
construction  or  development  and the estimated  cost  (including  interest) of
construction. During the construction phase, a number of factors could result in
delays and cost  overruns.  If the estimate of  construction  costs proves to be
inaccurate,  Registrant  may be  required  to  advance  funds  beyond the amount
originally committed to permit completion of the development. If the estimate of
value proves to be inaccurate,  Registrant may be confronted, at or prior to the
maturity of the loan,  with a project  having a value which is  insufficient  to
assure full repayment.

         Commercial  Business Loans.  Regulations  authorize  Registrant to make
secured or unsecured loans for commercial, corporate, business, and agricultural
purposes.  The aggregate amount of such loans  outstanding may not exceed 10% of
Registrant's assets. In addition, another 10% of total assets may be invested in
commercial equipment leasing. Registrant has offered limited commercial business
loans  since  the  early  1980s,  primarily  to  existing  customers.   Most  of
Registrant's  commercial  business  loans are  secured  by real  estate or other
assets.  During the fourth  quarter of the 1997 fiscal year,  a commercial  loan
department was started. The commercial loan portfolio, including commercial real
estate loans, doubled in size during the past fiscal year.


                                        9

<PAGE>



         It is the policy of Registrant to annually request financial statements
from  commercial  loan  borrowers.  The  financial  statements  are  reviewed as
received by  management  to detect any  conditions or trends that may affect the
ability of the borrower, including cash flows of the project, to repay the debt.

         Loan Solicitation and Processing. Registrant's sources of mortgage loan
applications  are referrals  from existing or past  customers,  local  realtors,
builders,  loan correspondents,  and walk-in customers and also as the result of
advertising.  The Association actively solicits local realtors and believes they
provide a substantial  number of customers that originate loans with Registrant.
Registrant also solicits loans from a small network of correspondent  lenders in
Wichita,  Kansas and Albuquerque,  New Mexico as well as various  communities in
central and western Kansas. These  correspondents,  selected by management,  are
located in markets Registrant does not otherwise serve.

         The loan approval  process is segmented by the type of loan and size of
loan.  Consumer loans may be approved by certain loan officers within designated
limits.  One or more  signatures  of  members of senior  management  may also be
required for larger  consumer loans.  The Board of Directors  ratifies all loans
that have been approved by officers or committees.

         All  commercial  real  estate  loans  are  submitted  to the  Board  of
Directors for approval upon the recommendation of senior management.

         The real estate loan committee consists of various officers. Any two of
those individuals may collectively approve one- to four-family  residential real
estate loans up to $100,000.  Loans in amounts  greater than  $100,000 and up to
the  current  FHLMC  maximum  loan amount must be approved by no less than three
members of the loan  committee.  Real estate loans over the current  FHLMC limit
require the approval of the Board of Directors.

         Registrant  uses fee appraisers or staff  appraisers on all real estate
related transactions that are originated in the main office or branch offices of
Registrant.  It  is  Registrant's  policy  to  obtain  title  insurance  on  all
properties  securing real estate loans and to obtain fire and casualty insurance
on all loans  that  require  security.  On  occasion,  when  originating  loans,
abstracts or attorney opinions may be utilized in lieu of title insurance.

Origination, Purchase, and Sale of Loans

         During the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998,  Registrant originated
$69.3 million in loans, purchased $17.9 million in loans (all secured by one- to
four-family residences), and sold $22.8 million in loans.

         Loan Sales.  Registrant  generally  retains servicing on all loans sold
with the  exception  of fixed rate FHA/VA  loans  which are sold with  servicing
released. All such loans were sold without recourse to the Company.

         Loan  Commitments.  Registrant  issues written,  formal  commitments to
prospective  borrowers  on all  real  estate  approved  loans.  The  commitments
generally  requires  acceptance  within  60 days of the  date of  issuance.  For
commercial real estate loans or commercial loans in general, the commitment is

                                       10

<PAGE>



issued for  approximately 60 days and must be closed within 60 days of issuance.
Commitments for consumer loans expire 30 days after  issuance.  At September 30,
1998, Registrant had $3.1 million of commitments to originate loans.

         Loan  Processing and Servicing  Fees. In addition to interest earned on
loans, the Company  recognizes fees and service charges which consist  primarily
of fees on loans  serviced for others and late charges.  The Company  recognized
net loan servicing  fees of $157,000,  $161,000 and $161,000 for the years ended
September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. As of September 30, 1998, loans
serviced for others totalled $60.1 million.

         Loans to One  Borrower.  Savings  associations  are subject to the same
limits as those  applicable to national banks,  which under current  regulations
generally  limit  loans-to-one  borrower to an amount equal to 15% of unimpaired
capital  and  unimpaired  surplus  calculated  as the sum of the Bank's core and
supplementary capital included in total capital, plus the balance of the general
valuation  allowances  for loan and lease losses not  included in  supplementary
capital,  plus investments in subsidiaries  that are not included in calculating
core capital,  or $500,000,  whichever is greater. An additional amount equal to
10% of unimpaired  capital and unimpaired surplus may be included if the loan is
secured by readily marketable collateral (generally,  financial instruments, not
real estate).  Under this general  restriction,  the Bank's  maximum loan to one
borrower ("LTOB") limit at September 30, 1998 was approximately $3.4 million.

         Registrant's  largest amount of loans to one borrower was approximately
$3,163,000  as of  September  30,  1998.  These loans are  primarily  secured by
interests in automobiles. These loans were current at September 30, 1998.

         Loan  Delinquencies.  Registrant's  collection  procedures provide that
when a mortgage loan is 15 days past due, a computer printed  delinquency notice
is sent. If payment is still delinquent at the end of that month, within 15 days
a  telephone  call  is  made  to the  borrower.  If the  delinquency  continues,
subsequent efforts are made to eliminate the delinquency.  If the loan continues
in a delinquent status for 60 days or more, the Board of Directors of Registrant
generally  approves  the  initiation  of  foreclosure  proceedings  unless other
repayment  arrangements are made.  Collection  procedures for non-mortgage loans
generally begin after a loan is 10 days delinquent.

         Loans are  reviewed on a regular  basis and are  generally  placed on a
non-accrual  status when the loan becomes more than 90 days  delinquent  and, in
the opinion of management,  the  collection of additional  interest is doubtful.
Interest  accrued and unpaid at the time a loan is placed on non-accrual  status
is charged against interest income.  Subsequent  interest payments,  if any, are
either  applied to the  outstanding  principal  balance or  recorded as interest
income, depending on the assessment of the ultimate collectibility of the loan.



                                       11

<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth information regarding non-accrual loans,
real estate owned ("REO") and other  repossessed  assets,  and loans that are 90
days or more  delinquent but on which  Registrant  was accruing  interest at the
dates indicated.  At such dates, Registrant had no restructured loans within the
meaning of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 15.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         At September 30,
                                              -------------------------------------
                                              1998    1997    1996    1995    1994
                                              ----    ----    ----    ----    ----
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>     <C>     <C>     <C>     <C> 
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
Mortgage loans:
  Permanent loan secured by 1-4
  dwelling units ..........................   $185    $ 78    $ 51    $239    $ 37
  All other mortgage loans ................     91     --      --      --      --
Non-Mortgage loans:
  Consumer loans ..........................    230     294      76       5     --
                                              ----    ----    ----    ----    ----
Total .....................................   $506    $372    $127    $244    $ 37
                                              ====    ====    ====    ====    ====

Accruing loans that are
 contractually past due 90 days
or more:
Mortgage loans:
  Permanent loans secured by 1-
   4 dwelling units .......................   $182    $ 50    $146    $142    $171
  All other mortgage loans ................    --      --       44     --      --
                                              ----    ----    ----    ----    ----
Total .....................................   $182    $ 50    $190    $142    $171
                                              ====    ====    ====    ====    ====
Total non-accrual and 90-day
  past due accrual loans ..................   $688    $422    $317    $386    $208
                                              ====    ====    ====    ====    ====
Real estate owned .........................   $ 71    $252    $--     $ 66    $200
                                              ====    ====    ====    ====    ====
Total non-performing
 assets ...................................   $759    $674    $317    $452    $408
                                              ====    ====    ====    ====    ====
Total non-accrual and 90-day
  past due accrual loans to net
  loans ...................................   0.39%   0.27%   0.24%   0.39%   0.29%
                                              ====    ====    ====    ====    ====
Total non-accrual and 90-day
  past due accrual loans to total
  assets ..................................   0.31%   0.19%   0.15%   0.19%   0.11%
                                              ====    ====    ====    ====    ====
Total non-performing
 assets to total assets ...................   0.34%   0.30%   0.15%   0.22%   0.22%
                                              ====    ====    ====    ====    ====
</TABLE>


         Interest income that would have been recorded on renegotiated loans and
loans  accounted  for on a  non-accrual  basis under the original  terms of such
loans was $48,000 for the year ended  September 30, 1998.  Amounts  foregone and
not included in  Registrant's  interest  income for the year ended September 30,
1998 totalled $19,000.

         Classified  Assets.  Office of Thrift Supervision  ("OTS")  regulations
provide for a classification  system for problem assets of insured  institutions
that covers all problem assets. Under this classification

                                       12

<PAGE>



system,  problem assets of insured institutions are classified as "substandard,"
"doubtful," or "loss." An asset is considered  substandard if it is inadequately
protected by the current net worth and paying  capacity of the obligor or of the
collateral  pledged,  if any.  Substandard assets include those characterized by
the "distinct possibility" that the insured institution will sustain "some loss"
if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of
the  weaknesses  inherent  in  those  classified  substandard,  with  the  added
characteristic  that the weaknesses  present make  "collection or liquidation in
full," on the basis of currently existing facts,  conditions and values, "highly
questionable  and  improbable."  Assets  classified as loss are those considered
"uncollectible"  and of such  little  value  that  their  continuance  as assets
without the  establishment  of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.  Assets
designated  special  mention by management are assets  included on  Registrant's
internal  watchlist  because of potential  weakness  but which do not  currently
warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories.

         When  an  insured  institution  classifies  problem  assets  as  either
substandard or doubtful,  it may establish general allowances for loan losses in
an amount  deemed  prudent by  management.  General  allowances  represent  loss
allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated
with lending activities,  but which, unlike specific  allowances,  have not been
allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured  institution  classifies
problem assets as loss, it is required either to establish a specific  allowance
for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge
off such amount. An institution's  determination as to the classification of its
assets and the amount of its  valuation  allowances  is subject to review by the
OTS, which may order the  establishment  of additional  general or specific loss
allowances.  A portion of general loss allowances  established to cover possible
losses  related to assets  classified as substandard or doubtful may be included
in determining an institution's  regulatory  capital,  while specific  valuation
allowances for loan losses  generally do not qualify as regulatory  capital.  At
September 30, 1998 that  Registrant  had a general loss  allowance for loans and
REO of $1,137,000.

                                                        At
                                                   September 30,
                                                       1998
                                                       ----
                                                   (In Thousands)

Special mention assets........................         $  192
                                                       ======
Classified assets
  Substandard.................................         $1,171

  Doubtful....................................              -
  Loss........................................              -
                                                       ------
    Total.....................................         $1,171
                                                        =====


         Foreclosed  Assets.  Assets owned or acquired by Registrant as a result
of foreclosure,  judgment, or by a deed in lieu of foreclosure are classified as
foreclosed  assets until they are sold. When property is acquired it is recorded
at fair value as of the date of foreclosure or transfer less estimated  disposal
costs.  Valuations  are  periodically  performed by  management  and  subsequent
charges to  general  loan  reserves  are taken  when it is  determined  that the
carrying value of the property  exceeds the fair value less  estimated  costs to
sell.  It is  subsequently  carried at the lower of the new basis (fair value at
foreclosure  or transfer) or fair value.  Registrant  had $71,000 in  foreclosed
assets as of September 30, 1998.


                                       13

<PAGE>



         Allowance for Loan and Real Estate Losses. It is management's policy to
provide for losses on  unidentified  loans in its loan  portfolio and foreclosed
real  estate.  A  provision  for loan losses is charged to  operations  based on
management's  evaluation  of  the  potential  losses  that  may be  incurred  in
Registrant's  loan portfolio.  Such  evaluation,  which includes a review of all
loans  of  which  full  collectibility  of  interest  and  principal  may not be
reasonably assured, considers, among other matters, the estimated net realizable
value of the underlying  collateral.  During the years ended September 30, 1998,
1997,   and  1996,   Registrant   charged   $265,000,   $308,000  and  $135,000,
respectively,  to the provision for loan losses and $0, $0 and $0, respectively,
to the provision for losses on foreclosed assets.

         Management  will  continue  to review  the  entire  loan  portfolio  to
determine the extent, if any, to which further additional loss provisions may be
deemed  necessary.  There can be no assurance that the allowance for losses will
be adequate to cover losses which may in fact be realized in the future and that
additional provisions for losses will not be required.



                                       14

<PAGE>



         The amount and percent of loans in each category to total loans for the
distribution  of  Registrant's  allowance  for  losses  on  loans  at the  dates
indicated is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    At September 30,
                          ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 1998                  1997                1996                 1995                 1994
                          -------------------  -------------------  ------------------  --------------------  ---------------------
                             $           %        $           %        $           %         $          %       $            %
                            ---         ---      ---         ---      ---         ---       ---        ---     ---          ---
                                                                 (Dollars in Thousands)

<S>                      <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>     <C>          <C>   
Residential real estate   $  689       81.51%  $  603       86.47%  $  523       87.44%  $  521       89.58%  $  526       93.21%
Commercial real estate        22        2.80       12        1.67        9        1.42       10        1.78       10        1.80
Commercial business ...       38        4.87       76        2.54       51        2.75       23        1.76     --          0.10
Consumer ..............      388       10.82      278        9.32      157        8.39       90        6.88       83        4.89
                          ------      ------   ------      ------   ------      ------   ------      ------   ------      ------
Total .................   $1,137      100.00%  $  969      100.00%  $  740      100.00%  $  644      100.00%  $  619      100.00%
                          ======      ======   ======      ======   ======      ======   ======      ======   ======      ======
                                                                                                              
</TABLE>
                                                     


                                       15

<PAGE>
          The   following   table  sets  forth   information   with  respect  to
Registrant's allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         At September 30,
                               ------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  1998          1997          1996          1995          1994
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ----------
                                                        (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>      
Total loans outstanding ....   $ 174,733     $ 158,163     $ 129,903     $  98,934     $  71,253
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========

Average loans outstanding ..   $ 167,490     $ 145,395     $ 110,084     $  81,236     $  64,245
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========

Allowance balances
  (at beginning of period) .         969           740           644           619           716
Provision (credit):
  Real estate-mortgage .....         135            88            20           (17)          (83)
  Consumer .................         130           220           115            26            (2)
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
                                     265           308           135             9           (85)
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Charge-offs:
  Real estate-mortgage .....          (2)          (17)          (19)           (1)          (18)
  Consumer .................        (105)          (75)          (20)           (1)           (5)
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
                                    (107)          (92)          (39)           (2)          (23)
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Recoveries:
  Real estate-mortgage .....           1            13          --              16             9
  Consumer .................           9          --            --               2             2
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
                                      10            13          --              18            11
                               ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------     ---------
Net (charge-offs) recoveries         (97)          (79)          (39)           16           (12)
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========
Allowance balance
  (at end of period) .......   $  (1,137)    $     969     $     740     $     644     $     619
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========
Allowance for loan losses as
 a percent of total loans
 outstanding ...............        0.65%         0.61%         0.57%         0.65%         0.87%
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========
Net loans charged off as a
  percent of average loans
  outstanding ..............        0.06%         0.06%         0.04%        (0.02%)        0.02%
                               =========     =========     =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>

         The following table sets forth information with respect to Registrant's
allowance  for  losses  on  real  estate  owned  and in  judgment  at the  dates
indicated:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    At September 30,
                                ----------------------------------------------------
                                   1998       1997        1996        1995     1994
                                ---------   --------   ---------   ---------  ------
                                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                              <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>         <C> 
Total real estate owned and in
  judgment, net ..............   $     71   $    252   $    --     $      66   $200
                                 ========   ========   =========   =========   ====
Allowance balances -
   beginning .................   $   --     $   --     $    --     $    --     $--
Provision ....................                              --          --      --
Net charge-offs ..............       --         --          --          --      --
                                 --------   --------   ---------   ---------   ----
Allowance balances - ending ..   $   --     $   --     $    --     $    --     $--
                                 ========   ========   =========   =========   ====
Allowance for losses on real
 estate owned and in judgment
 to net real estate owned and
in judgment ..................   -- %       -- %       -- %        -- %        -- %
                                 ========   ========   =========   =========   ====
</TABLE>

                                       16

<PAGE>



Interest Bearing Accounts Held at Other Financial Institutions

         As of September  30, 1998,  the Company had a balance of  $2,012,000 on
its interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions,  principally with
the Federal Home Loan Bank  ("FHLB") of Topeka  (including up to $100,000 at the
other financial  institutions covered by FDIC deposit insurance and held in time
deposits).  The Company maintains these accounts in order to maintain  liquidity
and improve the interest-rate sensitivity of its assets.

Investment Activities

         Registrant is required under federal  regulations to maintain a minimum
amount of liquid assets that may be invested in specified short-term  securities
and certain other investments.  Registrant has generally  maintained a liquidity
portfolio  well in excess of regulatory  requirements.  Liquidity  levels may be
increased or decreased depending upon the yields on investment  alternatives and
upon management's judgment as to the attractiveness of the yields then available
in relation to other  opportunities  and its expectation of future yield levels,
as well as management's  projections as to the short-term demand for funds to be
used in Registrant's loan origination and other activities.  As of September 30,
1998,  Registrant had an investment  portfolio of  approximately  $20.8 million,
consisting  primarily  of U.S.  Government  agency  obligations,  U.S.  Treasury
securities,  investment grade corporate debt securities,  municipal obligations,
and  FHLB  stock  as  permitted  by the  OTS  regulations.  Of  this  portfolio,
approximately  $5.8  million  consists of  investments  in common stock of other
issuers. The level of investment securities increased  significantly as a result
of the receipt of  proceeds  from the initial  issuance of common  stock  during
1995.  During the last year,  the level of investment  securities  declined as a
result of the increase in loan  originations.  Registrant  has also  invested in
mortgage-related securities principally in Federal National Mortgage Association
("FNMA") ARMs and FHLMC ARMs,  and to a lesser extent,  Collateralized  Mortgage
Obligations ("CMOs").  Registrant  anticipates having the ability to fund all of
its  investing  activities  from  funds  held on  deposit  at  FHLB  of  Topeka.
Registrant  will  continue  to seek  high  quality  investments  with  short  to
intermediate maturities and duration from one to five years.



                                       17

<PAGE>



Investment Portfolio

         The  following  table sets  forth the  carrying  value of  Registrant's
investment securities portfolio,  short-term investments, mutual funds, and FHLB
stock,  at the dates  indicated.  None of the investment  securities  held as of
September  30,  1998 was  issued  by an  individual  issuer  in excess of 10% of
Registrant's  capital,  excluding  the  securities of U.S.  Government  and U.S.
Government Agencies and Corporations. As of September 30, 1998, the market value
of Registrant's total investment portfolio was $20.9 million.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              At September 30,
                                  -------------------------------------
                                   1998            1997           1996
                                  ------         -------        -------
                                              (In thousands)
<S>                              <C>            <C>            <C>      
Investments Held to Maturity:
  U.S. Government Securities ..   $  --          $  --          $  --    
  U.S. Agency Securities ......    10,000         17,298         27,169
  Corporate Notes and Bonds ...      --             --             --
  Municipal Obligations .......     1,575          1,540          2,230
                                  -------        -------        -------
  Total Investments Held to                                    
    Maturity ..................    11,575         18,838         29,399
                                  -------        -------        -------
                                                               
Investments Available-for-Sale:                                
  Common Stock ................     5,800          4,087          2,396
  FHLB Stock ..................     3,211          2,976          1,732
  Other Equity Securities .....        10             10             10
  Corporate Notes and Bonds ...       200             50           --
                                  -------        -------        -------
  Total Investments Available                                  
   -for-Sale ..................     9,221          7,123          4,138
                                  -------        -------        -------
  Total Investments ...........   $20,796        $25,961        $33,537
                                  =======        =======        =======
</TABLE>
                                                          

         Registrant  classifies its investments in accordance with SFAS 115. See
the discussion of SFAS 115 under "-- Mortgage-Backed  Securities." See Note 1 to
Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       18

<PAGE>



Investment Portfolio Maturities

         The  following  table  sets forth  certain  information  regarding  the
carrying  values,  weighted  average  yields,  and  maturities  of the Company's
investment securities portfolio as of September 30, 1998.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 As of September 30, 1998
                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                   Total
                                One Year or Less One to Five Years  Five to Ten Years More than Ten Years  Investment Securities
                                ---------------- ----------------- ------------------ ------------------- --------------------------
                                Carrying Average Carrying Average  Carrying Average   Carrying  Average  Carrying   Average   Market
                                  Value   Yield   Value    Yield     Value   Yield     Value     Yield    Value     Yield     Value
                                  -----   -----   -----    -----     -----   -----     -----     -----    -----     -----     -----
                                                                (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                            <C>      <C>     <C>        <C>     <C>        <C>      <C>       <C>    <C>         <C>     <C>    
Investment Securities:                                                                
  U.S. Government Obligations   $    --    --%   $    --      --%   $    --      --%    $  --       --%  $    --       --%   $    --
  U.S. Agency Obligations ...     2,000  5.43      1,000    6.24      7,000    6.65        --       --    10,000     6.37     10,058
  Municipal Obligations .....        --    --        740    5.11        835    4.98        --       --     1,575     5.04      1,623
  Corporate Notes and Bonds .        --    --         --      --        150   12.00        50     9.00       200    11.25        200
                                -------  ----    -------    ----    -------   -----      ----     ----    -------   -----    -------
    Total ...................   $ 2,000  5.43%   $ 1,740    5.76%   $ 7,985    6.58%    $  50     9.00%  $11,775     6.27%   $11,881
                                =======  ====    =======    ====    =======   =====      ====     ====    =======   =====    =======
                                                                                    
</TABLE>




                                       19

<PAGE>



Mortgage-Backed Securities

         To supplement  lending  activities,  Registrant  invests in residential
mortgage-backed  securities.  Mortgage-backed securities can serve as collateral
for borrowings and, through repayments,  as a source of liquidity (see note 3 to
the Consolidated Financial Statements).

         In May 1994, the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board ("FASB") issued
SFAS No. 115,  Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities.
This statement  addresses the accounting and reporting for investments in equity
securities that have readily determinable fair values and for all investments in
debt  securities.  SFAS No. 115 is effective  for fiscal years  beginning  after
December 15, 1993 as of the beginning of the fiscal year (i.e.,  October 1, 1994
for Registrant).

         SFAS  No.  115  requires   classification  of  investments  into  three
categories.  Debt securities that Registrant has the positive intent and ability
to hold to  maturity  must be  reported  at  amortized  cost.  Debt  and  equity
securities that are bought and held  principally for the purpose of selling them
in the near term must be  reported  at fair  value,  with  unrealized  gains and
losses  included  in  earnings.  All other  debt and equity  securities  must be
considered  available  for  sale  and  must  be  reported  at fair  value,  with
unrealized  gains and losses  excluded  from earnings but reported as a separate
component of stockholders' equity (net of tax effects).

         Registrant adopted SFAS No. 115 as of October 1, 1994. At September 30,
1998, the mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a fair value of $22.0 million
and an  amortized  cost of  $21.7  million.  That  part  of the  mortgage-backed
securities  portfolio  classified  as held to maturity is recorded at  amortized
cost. That part of the  mortgage-backed  securities  classified as available for
sale is recorded at fair value,  with unrealized  gains and losses excluded from
earnings but reported as a separate  component of  stockholders'  equity (net of
tax effects). As of September 30, 1998, there were no mortgage-backed securities
that were classified as available for sale.

         Mortgage-backed securities represent a participation interest in a pool
of  single-family  mortgages,  the principal and interest  payments on which are
passed  from  the  mortgage  originators,   through  intermediaries   (generally
quasi-governmental agencies) that pool and repackage the participation interests
in  the  form  of  securities,  to  investors  such  as  the  Association.  Such
quasi-governmental  agencies,  which  guarantee  the  payment of  principal  and
interest  to  investors,  primarily  include  the  Federal  Home  Loan  Mortgage
Corporation  ("FHLMC"),  Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"),  and
Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA").

         FHLMC is a  publicly-owned  corporation  chartered by the United States
Government.  FHLMC  issues  participation  certificates  backed  principally  by
conventional mortgage loans. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and
the ultimate return of principal  within one year. FHLMC securities are indirect
obligations  of the  United  States  Government.  FNMA is a private  corporation
chartered  by  Congress  with a mandate  to  establish  a  secondary  market for
conventional mortgage loans. FNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and
interest,  and FNMA  securities  are indirect  obligations  of the United States
Government.  GNMA is a government  agency  within the  Department of Housing and
Urban Development  ("HUD") which is intended to help finance government assisted
housing programs.  GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest,
and GNMA securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States
Government.  Because FHLMC,  FNMA, and GNMA were  established to provide support
for low- and  middle-income  housing,  there are limits to the  maximum  size of
loans that qualify for these programs.  To accommodate  larger-sized  loans, and
loans that, for other

                                       20

<PAGE>



reasons, do not conform to the agency programs, a number of private institutions
have established their own home-loan origination and securitization programs.

         Mortgage-backed  securities  typically are issued with stated principal
amounts,  and the  securities  are backed by pools of mortgages  that have loans
with  interest  rates that are within a range and have varying  maturities.  The
underlying  pool of mortgages can be composed of either fixed rate  mortgages or
adjustable  rate  mortgage  loans.   Mortgage-backed  securities  are  generally
referred to as mortgage participation certificates or pass-through certificates.
As a result,  the interest rate risk  characteristics  of the underlying pool of
mortgages, (i.e., fixed rate or adjustable rate) as well as prepayment risk, are
passed on to the certificate holder. The life of a mortgage-backed  pass-through
security  is  equal  to the life of the  underlying  mortgages.  Mortgage-backed
securities  issued  by  FHLMC,  FNMA,  and  GNMA  make  up  a  majority  of  the
pass-through certificates market.

         The collateralized  mortgage  obligations ("CMOs") (in the form of real
estate  mortgage  investment  conduits) held by Registrant at September 30, 1998
totaled  $9.3 million and  consisted  of CMOs issued by FHLMC,  FNMA and private
issuers.  The aggregate  book value of CMOs issued by any one private issuer did
not exceed 10% of  stockholders'  equity at September 30, 1998,  1997, and 1996.
The portfolio of CMOs held in Registrant's  mortgage-backed securities portfolio
at September 30, 1998 did not include any residual  interests in CMOs.  Further,
at September 30, 1998, Registrant's mortgage-backed securities portfolio did not
include any "stripped" CMOs (i.e.,  CMOs that pay interest only and do not repay
principal or CMOs that repay principal only and do not pay interest).



                                       21

<PAGE>



         The  following  table sets  forth the  carrying  value of  Registrant's
mortgage-backed securities portfolio at the dates indicated.

                                    Weighted
                                    Average
                                    Rate At
                                    September
                                      1998         1998      1997      1996
                                   ----------    -------   -------   ---------
Held for Investment:
GNMA ARMs ......................         --%     $  --     $  --     $  --
FNMA ARMs ......................       7.00        8,842    13,158    15,516
FHLMC ARMs .....................       7.36        2,815     4,768     6,257
FHLMC Fixed Rate ...............       8.62          128       246       401
GNMA Fixed Rate ................       8.00          230       373       553
FNMA Fixed Rate ................       5.50          448       590       813
CMOs ...........................       6.37        9,261    17,555    22,337
                                      -----      -------   -------   -------
   Total Held for Investment ...       6.77%      21,724    36,690    45,877
                                      =====      -------   -------   -------
Held for Sale ..................                    --        --        --
                                                 -------   -------   -------
Total mortgage-backed securities                 $21,724   $36,690   $45,877
                                                 =======   =======   =======
                                             
                                                 
                                            

         Mortgage-Backed Securities Maturity. The following table sets forth the
contractual  maturity of Registrant's  mortgage-backed  securities  portfolio at
September 30, 1998. The table does not include scheduled  principal payments and
estimated prepayments.

                                                                    Contractual
                                                                  Maturities Due
                                                                  --------------
                                                                  (In Thousands)
Less than 1 year..........................................          $    --
1 to 3 years..............................................              438
3 to 5 years..............................................            1,163
5 to 10 years.............................................            3,222
10 to 20 years............................................            3,513
Over 20 years.............................................           13,388
                                                                     ------
Total mortgage-backed securities..........................          $21,724
                                                                     ======


Sources of Funds

         General.  Deposits  are the  major  source  of  Registrant's  funds for
lending  and  other   investment   purposes.   Registrant   derives  funds  from
amortization and prepayment of loans and mortgage-backed securities,  maturities
of investment securities and operations. Scheduled loan principal repayments are
a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan
prepayments are  significantly  influenced by general  interest rates and market
conditions. Registrant may also borrow funds from the FHLB of Topeka as a source
of funds.

         Deposits.  Consumer and commercial  deposits are attracted  principally
from within  Registrant's  primary  market area  through the offering of a broad
selection of deposit instruments including regular

                                       22

<PAGE>



savings,  demand and negotiable order of withdrawal  ("NOW") accounts,  and term
certificate  accounts (including  negotiated jumbo certificates in denominations
of  $100,000  or more).  Deposit  account  terms vary  according  to the minimum
balance  required,  the time period the funds must  remain on  deposit,  and the
interest rate, among other factors.

         Savings deposits and demand and NOW accounts constituted $27.3 million,
or 17.6% of Registrant's  deposit portfolio at September 30, 1998.  Certificates
of  deposit  constituted  $127.5  million  or  82.4% of the  deposit  portfolio,
including  certificates  of deposit with  principal  amounts of $100,000 or more
which  constituted  $21.7 million or 14.0% of the deposit portfolio at September
30, 1998. As of September 30, 1998, Registrant had no brokered deposits.

         To supplement  lending  activities in periods of deposit  growth and/or
declining loan demand,  Registrant has increased its  investments in residential
mortgage-backed  securities  during recent years.  Although such  securities are
held for investment,  they can serve as collateral for borrowings  and,  through
repayments,  as a source of liquidity.  At September  30, 1998,  $9.2 million in
investment  securities  and $17.4  million in  mortgage-backed  securities  were
pledged as collateral for public funds.

Jumbo Certificates of Deposit

         The following table  indicates the amount of Registrant's  certificates
of deposit of $100,000 or more by time remaining  until maturity as of September
30, 1998.

                                                                   September 30,
                                                                       1998
                                                                       ----
                                                                  (In Thousands)
Maturity Period
- ---------------
Within three months.......................................           $ 4,485
Over three through six months.............................             6,308
Over six through twelve months............................             6,042
Over twelve months........................................             4,847
                                                                      ------
    Total.................................................           $21,682
                                                                      ======


Borrowings

         Deposits are the primary  source of funds of  Registrant's  lending and
investment  activities  and for its general  business  purposes.  Registrant may
obtain  advances  from the FHLB of Topeka to  supplement  its supply of lendable
funds,  and Registrant has utilized this funding source.  Advances from the FHLB
of Topeka would  typically be secured by a pledge of  Registrant's  stock in the
FHLB of Topeka and a portion of  Registrant's  first  mortgage loans and certain
other  assets.  Registrant,  if the need  arises,  may also  access the  Federal
Reserve Bank discount  window to supplement  its supply of lendable funds and to
meet deposit  withdrawal  requirements.  At September 30, 1998,  Registrant  had
$41.7 million outstanding from the FHLB of Topeka and no borrowings of any other
kind.


                                       23

<PAGE>



Personnel

         As of  September  30,  1998  Registrant  had  52  full-time  and  seven
part-time  employees.  None  of  Registrant's  employees  are  represented  by a
collective bargaining group.

Competition

         Registrant  encounters  strong  competition  both in the  attraction of
deposits and  origination  of loans.  Competition  comes  primarily from savings
institutions, commercial banks, and credit unions that operate in counties where
Registrant's  offices are located.  Registrant  competes for savings accounts by
offering  depositors  competitive  interest  rates and a high level of  personal
service.  Registrant competes for loans primarily through the interest rates and
loan fees it charges  and the  efficiency  and  quality of  services it provides
borrowers, real estate brokers, and contractors.


Regulation of the Company

         General.  The  Company is a unitary  savings and loan  holding  company
subject to regulatory  oversight by the OTS. As such, the Company is required to
register  and  file  reports  with  the OTS and is  subject  to  regulation  and
examination by the OTS. In addition,  the OTS has enforcement authority over the
Company and its non-savings association  subsidiaries,  should such subsidiaries
be formed,  which also permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit  activities  that
are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings association.  This
regulation  and  oversight  is  intended  primarily  for the  protection  of the
depositors of the Bank and not for the benefit of stockholders of the Company.

         Qualified  Thrift  Lender Test.  As a unitary  savings and loan holding
company, the Company generally is not subject to activity restrictions, provided
the Bank  satisfies  the  Qualified  Thrift  Lender  ("QTL")  test or a somewhat
similar  test for  domestic  building  and  loan  associations.  If the  Company
acquires  control of another savings  association as a separate  subsidiary,  it
would become a multiple savings and loan holding company,  and the activities of
the  Company  and any of its  subsidiaries  (other  than the  Bank or any  other
SAIF-insured   savings   association)   would  become  subject  to  restrictions
applicable to bank holding  companies unless such other  associations  each also
qualify  as a QTL  and  were  acquired  in a  supervisory  acquisition.  See "--
Regulation of the Bank -- Qualified Thrift Lender Test."

Regulation of the Bank

         General.  Set forth below is a brief  description  of certain laws that
relate to the  regulation of the Bank.  The  description  does not purport to be
complete and is qualified  in its entirety by reference to  applicable  laws and
regulations.  As a federally chartered,  SAIF-insured  savings association,  the
Bank is subject  to  extensive  regulation  by the OTS and the  Federal  Deposit
Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC").  Lending activities and other investments must
comply with various federal statutory and regulatory  requirements.  The Bank is
also subject to certain reserve requirements  promulgated by the Federal Reserve
Board.

         The OTS, in conjunction with the FDIC,  regularly examines the Bank and
prepares  reports for the  consideration of the Bank's Board of Directors on any
deficiencies that are found in the Bank's  operations.  The Bank's  relationship
with its depositors and borrowers is also regulated to a great extent

                                       24

<PAGE>



by federal and state law, especially in such matters as the ownership of savings
accounts and the form and content of the Bank's mortgage documents.

         The Bank must file  reports  with the OTS and the FDIC  concerning  its
activities  and  financial  condition,   in  addition  to  obtaining  regulatory
approvals  prior to entering into certain  transactions  such as mergers with or
acquisitions  of other savings  institutions.  This  regulation and  supervision
establishes a comprehensive  framework of activities in which an institution can
engage and is intended  primarily for the protection of the SAIF and depositors.
The  regulatory  structure  also  gives  the  regulatory  authorities  extensive
discretion in connection with their  supervisory and enforcement  activities and
examination  policies,  including policies with respect to the classification of
assets and the  establishment  of adequate  loan loss  reserves  for  regulatory
purposes.  Any change in such regulations,  whether by the OTS, the FDIC, or the
Congress  could have a material  adverse  impact on the Company,  the Bank,  and
their operations.

         Insurance of Deposit Accounts.  The Bank's deposit accounts are insured
by the SAIF to a maximum of $100,000 for each insured  member (as defined by law
and  regulation).  Insurance  of deposits may be  terminated  by the FDIC upon a
finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices,  is in
an unsafe or unsound  condition  to  continue  operations  or has  violated  any
applicable law, regulation,  rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC or the
institution's primary regulator.

         As a member of the SAIF, the Bank paid an insurance premium to the FDIC
equal to a minimum  of 0.23% of its  total  deposits.  The FDIC  also  maintains
another insurance fund, the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF"), which primarily insures
commercial  bank deposits.  In 1996, the annual  insurance  premium for most BIF
members  was lowered to $2,000.  The lower  insurance  premiums  for BIF members
placed SAIF members at a competitive disadvantage to BIF members.

         Effective  September  30,  1996,  federal  law was revised to mandate a
one-time  special  assessment on SAIF members such as the Bank of  approximately
 .657% of deposits held on March 31, 1995. Beginning January 1, 1997, the deposit
insurance  assessment  for SAIF  members  was reduced to .064% of deposits on an
annual basis through the end of 1999. During this same period,  BIF members will
be assessed approximately .013% of deposits. After 1999, assessments for BIF and
SAIF  members  should  be  the  same.  It  is  expected  that  these  continuing
assessments  for both  SAIF and BIF  members  will be used to repay  outstanding
Financing Corporation bond obligations.  As a result of these changes, beginning
January 1, 1997,  the rate of deposit  insurance  assessed the Bank  declined by
approximately 70%.

         Regulatory  Capital  Requirements.   OTS  capital  regulations  require
savings  associations to meet two capital standards:  (1) a leverage ratio (core
capital) requirement of 4% of total adjusted assets and (2) a risk-based capital
requirement equal to 8% of total  risk-weighted  assets.  Additional  regulatory
requirements are discussed in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


                                       25

<PAGE>



         As shown  below,  the Bank's  regulatory  capital  exceeded all minimum
regulatory capital requirements applicable to it as of September 30, 1998:

                                                                      Percent of
                                                                       Adjusted
                                                         Amount         Assets
                                                         ------         ------
                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)

Core Capital:
Regulatory requirement...............................   $ 8,917           4.0%
Regulatory capital...................................    16,589           7.4
                                                         ------          ----
  Excess.............................................   $ 7,672           3.4%
                                                         ======          ====

Risk-Based Capital:
Regulatory requirement...............................   $ 9,825           8.0%
Regulatory capital...................................    17,725          14.4
                                                         ------          ----
  Excess.............................................   $ 7,900           6.4%
                                                         ======          ====



         Dividend and Other Capital  Distribution  Limitations.  OTS regulations
require  the  Bank  to  give  the OTS 30 days  advance  notice  of any  proposed
declaration of dividends to the Company, and the OTS has the authority under its
supervisory  powers to prohibit  the payment of  dividends  to the  Company.  In
addition,  the Bank may not declare or pay a cash  dividend on its capital stock
if the  effect  thereof  would be to reduce the  regulatory  capital of the Bank
below the amount required for the liquidation account to be established pursuant
to the Bank's Plan of Conversion.

         OTS regulations  impose  limitations upon all capital  distributions by
savings  institutions,  such  as  cash  dividends,  payments  to  repurchase  or
otherwise acquire its shares, payments to shareholders of another institution in
a cash-out  merger and other  distributions  charged against  capital.  The rule
establishes  three tiers of  institutions,  based primarily on an  institution's
capital  level.  An  institution  that  exceeds  all  fully  phased-in   capital
requirements  before  and  after  a  proposed  capital   distribution  ("Tier  1
institution")  and has not  been  advised  by the OTS that it is in need of more
than the normal  supervision can, after prior notice but without the approval of
the OTS, make capital  distributions during a calendar year equal to the greater
of (i) 100% of its net income to date during the  calendar  year plus the amount
that would reduce by one-half its "surplus  capital  ratio" (the excess  capital
over its fully phased-in capital  requirements) at the beginning of the calendar
year,  or (ii) 75% of its net income over the most recent four  quarter  period.
Any additional capital  distributions  require prior regulatory approval.  As of
September 30, 1998, the Bank was a Tier 1  institution.  In the event the Bank's
capital fell below its fully  phased-in  requirement or the OTS notified it that
it was in need of more than  normal  supervision,  the  Bank's  ability  to make
capital distributions could be restricted. In addition, the OTS could prohibit a
proposed  capital  distribution  by any  institution,  which would  otherwise be
permitted by the regulation,  if the OTS determines that such distribution would
constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

         Finally,  a savings  association  is  prohibited  from making a capital
distribution if, after making the distribution, the savings association would be
undercapitalized (not meet any one of its minimum

                                       26

<PAGE>



regulatory capital  requirements).  Future dividend distributions by the Bank in
excess of Bank  earnings  could result in  recapture of tax bad debt  deductions
resulting in income tax on the amounts recaptured.

         Qualified Thrift Lender Test. Savings institutions must meet either the
QTL test pursuant to OTS  regulations or the  definition of a domestic  building
and loan association in section 7701 of the Internal  Revenue Code ("Code").  If
the Bank  maintains  an  appropriate  level  of  certain  specified  investments
(primarily  residential  mortgages and related  investments,  including  certain
mortgage-related  securities)  and  otherwise  qualifies  as a QTL or a domestic
building  and  loan  association,  it will  continue  to  enjoy  full  borrowing
privileges from the FHLB of Topeka. The required percentage of investments under
the QTL test is 65% of assets  while  the Code  requires  investments  of 60% of
assets.  An association must be in compliance with the QTL test or definition of
domestic  building and loan  association on a monthly basis in nine out of every
12 months.  As of September 30, 1998,  the Bank was in  compliance  with its QTL
requirement and met the definition of a domestic building and loan association.

         Federal  Reserve  System.   The  Federal  Reserve  Board  requires  all
depository  institutions to maintain  non-interest bearing reserves at specified
levels against their transaction  accounts (primarily  checking,  NOW, and Super
NOW checking accounts) and non-personal time deposits.  The balances  maintained
to meet the reserve  requirements  imposed by the Federal  Reserve  Board may be
used to satisfy  the  liquidity  requirements  that are  imposed by the OTS.  At
September 30, 1998, the Bank was in compliance with this requirement.

Item 2. Description of Property
- -------------------------------

         Registrant  owns its main office and four branch offices and leases one
additional branch office and one loan origination office. Registrant also leases
a parking lot for its main office.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings
- -------------------------

         There  are  various   claims  and  lawsuits  in  which   Registrant  is
periodically involved, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings
on properties in which Registrant holds security interests, claims involving the
making and  servicing  of real  property  loans,  and other  issues  incident to
Registrant's business.

         In the opinion of management,  no material loss is expected from any of
the pending claims or lawsuits.

Item  4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
- -------------------------------------------------------------

         No matter was  submitted  to a vote of  securities  holders  during the
fourth quarter of the fiscal year.



                                       27

<PAGE>



                                     PART II

Item  5.  Market for Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters
- ------------------------------------------------------------------

         The  information  contained  under the section  captioned  "Stock Price
Information" in the Company's  Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year
ended  September  30, 1998 (the  "Annual  Report"),  is  incorporated  herein by
reference.

Item  6.  Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation
- -------------------------------------------------------------------

         The  information  contained  in  the  section  captioned  "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" in the
Annual Report is incorporated herein by reference.

Item  7.  Financial Statements
- ------------------------------

         Registrant's financial statements listed under Item 14 are incorporated
herein by reference.

Item  8.  Changes  in and  Disagreements  With  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Financial Disclosure
- --------------------

         None.

                                    PART III

Item 9. Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons; Compliance
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
With Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act
- --------------------------------------

         The information  contained under the section  captioned  "Proposal I --
Election of Directors" and "Voting  Securities and Principal  Holders Thereof --
Security  Ownership of Certain  Beneficial  Owners" in  Registrant's  definitive
proxy  statement for  Registrant's  Annual Meeting of  Stockholders  (the "Proxy
Statement") is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 10.  Executive Compensation
- --------------------------------

         The  information  contained under the section  captioned  "Director and
Executive  Compensation"  in the  Proxy  Statement  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference.

Item 11.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------

         (a)      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

                  Information  required by this item is  incorporated  herein by
                  reference  to the section  captioned  "Voting  Securities  and
                  Principal Holders Thereof" in the Proxy Statement.

         (b)      Security Ownership of Management

                  Information  required by this item is  incorporated  herein by
                  reference  to the section  captioned  "Voting  Securities  and
                  Principal  Holders  Thereof"  and to  the  first  table  under
                  "Proposal 1 -- Election of Directors" in the Proxy Statement.

                                       28

<PAGE>




         (c)      Management of Registrant knows of no  arrangements,  including
                  any  pledge by any person of  securities  of  Registrant,  the
                  operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change
                  in control of Registrant.

Item 12.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
- --------------------------------------------------------

         The  information  required  by this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference  to  the  section   captioned   "Certain   Relationships  and  Related
Transactions" in the Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Exhibits, Lists and Reports on Form 8-K
- ------------------------------------------------

         (a)      The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

                  1.  The  following  financial  statements  and the  report  of
independent  accountants of Registrant included in Registrant's Annual Report to
Stockholders are incorporated herein by reference and also in Item 8 hereof.

         Independent Auditor's Report.

         Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of September 30, 1998
and 1997.

         Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended September 30,
1998, 1997, and 1996.

         Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes in  Stockholders'  Equity for the
         Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996.

         Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended September 30,
1998, 1997 and 1996.

         Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                  2. Except for  Exhibits 11 and 27 below,  Financial  Statement
Schedules for which provision is made in the applicable  accounting  regulations
of the SEC are not required under the related  instructions or are  inapplicable
and therefore have been omitted.

                  3. The  following  exhibits  are  included  in this  Report or
incorporated herein by reference:

             (a)      List of Exhibits:

              3(i)    Articles of Incorporation of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.*

              3(ii)   Bylaws of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.*

             10.1     1994 Stock Option Plan of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.**

             10.2     Management Stock Bonus Plan and Trust Agreements**

             10.3     1991 Deferred Compensation Agreement with Larry Schugart*

                                  29

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
            <S>      <C>
             10.4     1998 Deferred Compensation Agreement with Larry Schugart

             10.5     Directors change in Control Severance Plan

             10.6     1996 Stock Option Agreement with Richard Ball***

             10.7     Employment Agreement with Larry Schugart

             10.8     Employment Agreement with Gary Watkins

             10.9     Employment Agreement with James Strovas

             10.10    1998 Stock Option Agreement with Richard Ball

             13       Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1998

             21       Subsidiaries of Registrant****

             23       Consent of Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.

             27       Financial Data Schedule
</TABLE>

- ---------------------
*    Incorporated  by  reference  to the  identically  numbered  exhibit  of the
     registration  statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-72562)  declared effective
     by the SEC on February 9, 1994.

**   Incorporated  by  reference to the  exhibits to the proxy  statement  for a
     special  meeting of  stockholders  held on June 22, 1994 and filed with the
     SEC on May 24, 1994 (File No. 0-23164).

***  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1996 (File No. 0-23164), filed with
     the SEC.

**** Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.4 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K
     for the fiscal year ended September 30, 1994 (File No. 0-23164), filed with
     the SEC.

         (b)      No reports on Form 8-K were filed  during the last  quarter of
                  the period covered by this report.



                                       30

<PAGE>



                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed as
of  December  28,  1998  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized.

                                        Landmark Bancshares, Inc.


                                        By: /s/Larry Schugart     
                                            ------------------------------------
                                                Larry Schugart
                                                President and Chief
                                                Executive Officer
                                                (Duly Authorized Representative)

         Pursuant to the  requirement  of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities indicated as of December 28, 1998.


/s/ James F. Strovas                        /s/ Larry Schugart        
- ----------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
James F. Strovas                            Larry Schugart
Senior Vice President and Chief             President, Chief Executive Officer,
Financial Officer                             and Director
(Principal Financial and Accounting         (Principal Executive Officer)
Officer)


/s/ Gary L. Watkins                         /s/ Richard A. Ball         
- ----------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
Gary L. Watkins                             Richard A. Ball
Senior Vice President, Chief Operating      Director
Officer, and Secretary


/s/ David H. Snapp                          /s/ C. Duane Ross           
- ----------------------------------------    ------------------------------------
David H. Snapp                              C. Duane Ross
Director                                    Director


/s/ Jim W. Lewis                        
- ---------------------------------------- 
Jim W. Lewis
Director





                                  EXHIBIT 10.4
<PAGE>

                              DEFERRED COMPENSATION
                                    AGREEMENT


                                     Between


                          Landmark Federal Savings Bank


                                       and


                                 Larry Schugart


<PAGE>



                       DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENT OF

                          Landmark Federal Savings Bank

         This Agreement was made and entered into the 30th day of November, 1973
by and between Landmark Federal Savings Bank, formerly known as Landmark Federal
Savings  Association  and  successor  in  interest  to Peoples  Savings and Loan
Association  herein after referred to as the  "Institution"  or "Employer",  and
Larry Schugart,  hereinafter referred to as the "Employee" and is hereby amended
and restated this 24th day of June, 1998.

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS,  the  Employee  has been  employed by the  Institution  and is
currently employed in an executive capacity;

         WHEREAS,  the Institution  desires to retain the valuable  services and
business  counsel of the  Employee  and to induce the  Employee  to remain in an
executive capacity with the Institution;

         WHEREAS,  the Employee is considered a highly  compensated  Employee or
member of a select management group of the Institution;

         NOW, THEREFORE,  the Institution  promises to pay the benefits provided
herein, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,  in consideration
for the  Employee's  promise  to  remain  in the  continuous  employment  of the
Institution until retirement.  The parties hereto agree that the following shall
constitute the terms of this Agreement.

                                        2

<PAGE>



SECTION 1.        Definitions.

         For the purposes of this Agreement,  whenever the context so indicates,
the singular or plural  number and the  masculine,  feminine,  or neuter  gender
shall be deemed to include the other. The definitions  below shall apply only to
this  Agreement  and shall not be construed as applying to a qualified  employee
plan under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Beneficiary.

         Beneficiary   shall  mean  the  person  or  persons  the  Employee  has
designated  in writing  to the  Institution,  if none,  the  Employee's  Spouse,
Children, or Estate (in that order).

Deferred Compensation Benefit.

         Deferred  Compensation  Benefit shall mean the benefit  provided to the
Employee at his  Retirement  Age,  provided he has satisfied the  conditions and
terms of this Agreement.

Estate.

         Estate shall mean the estate of the Employee.

Retirement Age.

         Retirement Age shall mean age sixty-five  (65) or later if permitted by
the Institutions Board of Directors.

Spouse.

         Spouse shall mean the person to whom the Employee is legally married at
the time of the Employee's death.

SECTION 2.        Conditions.

         (a) Normal  Employment.  The  payment  of  retirement  benefits  to the
Employee under this  Agreement are  conditioned  upon the continuous  employment
(including  periods of disability and authorized  leaves of absence as described
by this Agreement) of the Employee to the Institution  from date of execution of
this  Agreement  until  attaining  Retirement  Age or if  applicable,  the other
payment provisions of Section 3.

         (b)  Noncompetition.  Unless  expressly  waived  by the  Subsection  in
Section 3 or Section 12 authorizing  payment, the payment of benefits is further
conditioned upon the Employee not acting in any similar employment  capacity for
any  business  enterprise  which  competes  to a  substantial  degree  with  the
Institution, nor engaging in any activity involving substantial competition with
the Institution during employment or after retirement,  while receiving benefits
under this Agreement  without the prior written consent of the  Institution.  In
the  event of  violation  of these  provisions,  all  future  payments  shall be
canceled and discontinued.

SECTION 3.        Deferred Compensation.

                                        3

<PAGE>



         (a) At retirement age, if the Employee is still in active service,  the
Institution  shall commence payments as provided in this Subpart (a). Subject to
the provisions and limitations of this Agreement,  the Institution  shall pay to
the Employee a monthly  benefit which shall  commence the first day of the month
following  the  Employee's  date of  retirement  and  shall be  payable  monthly
thereafter  until one  hundred and twenty  (120)  payments  have been made.  The
amount  of  such  benefit  will  be  determined  as of the  Employee's  date  of
retirement as follows:

         Once the Employee reaches Retirement Age and has maintained  continuous
service with the Institution from the date of execution of this Agreement to the
Retirement Age (including periods of disability and authorized leaves of absence
as described in this Agreement), he shall receive compensation at the annualized
rate of fourteen  thousand,  seven  hundred  dollars  ($14,700)  per year.  This
compensation to be paid on a monthly basis as set forth above.

         (b)  Retirement  Prior to Age 65. The Employee may retire after the age
of fifty-five and receive a benefit reduced by a level actuarial method.

         (c) Involuntary  Termination After a Change of Control. If within three
(3) years of a Change of Control as defined in this  Agreement,  the Employee is
terminated  by  action  of the  Employer  for  any  reason  other  than  willful
misconduct or his base salary is reduced, or his principal  responsibilities and
duties are  substantially  reduced or changed,  the  Employee  will  immediately
receive his full normal retirement  benefit,  without any other conditions being
applicable,  as if he had retired at normal  retirement  age that being fourteen
thousand,  seven hundred dollars ($14,700) per year normally paid in one hundred
and twenty (120)  monthly  payments  but to be paid in a lump sum payment  under
this Subsection with no other conditions being applicable. Such payment shall be
only  adjusted for the time value of money for the change to lump sum form under
the terms of Section 9.

         If the Employee is  terminated by action of the Employer for any reason
other than  willful  misconduct  after the three  year  period  above,  he shall
receive his full benefit paid in the form as specified in 3(d) below.

         Change  of  Control  for this  Section  3 shall  mean a  change  in the
ownership of 25% or more of the voting stock of the  Institution,  measured on a
cumulative  basis  from the  date of  execution  of this  amended  and  restated
Agreement  which  shall  be  transferred  by any  means  other  than  by will or
intestate  and  acquired  by one party or group of  parties  acting in  concert.
However, for the purposes of defining a Change of Control,  stock transferred to
a trust for the benefit of employees shall not be counted.

         (d)  Voluntary  Termination  After a Change of  Control.  If there is a
Change of Control as defined above and the Employee  voluntarily  terminates his
employment  for any reason other than  willful  misconduct,  the  Employee  will
immediately receive his full normal retirement benefit, with no other conditions
being  applicable,  as if he had  retired  at normal  retirement  age that being
payment of fourteen  thousand,  seven  hundred  dollars  ($14,700) per year paid
monthly for one hundred and twenty (120) months.

         (e)  Acceleration  of  Payments.  If there is a Change  of  Control  as
defined  above  and  the  Employee  is  already  receiving  benefits  under  the
provisions of Section (a) or (b) above, the Employee will receive the balance of
his payments  immediately  in a lump sum payment under this  Subsection  with no
other conditions being  applicable.  Such payment shall be only adjusted for the
time  value of money for the  change to lump sum form under the terms of Section
9.

                                        4

<PAGE>




SECTION 4.                 Death Benefit.

         (a) In the event of the death of the Employee  prior to retirement  and
the conditions of Section 2 of this Agreement  being effective up to the time of
death,  the  Beneficiary  shall  receive one hundred  and twenty  (120)  monthly
payments  which will  represent  an  annualized  payment  equal to ten  thousand
dollars  ($10,000).  Such  payments  shall be paid  beginning  no later than the
latest of:

          (i)  January 1 of the year after the death of the Employee, or

          (ii) the first day of the third month after the death of the Employee.

         (b) In the event of the death of the Employee after retirement or after
entitlement  to payments  under  Section  3(c) or 3(d),  the  Beneficiary  shall
receive  the  balance  of the  payments  to which the  Employee  would have been
entitled had he survived. The payments shall be made in the same manner and form
as provided for in Section 3.

         (c)  Acceleration  of  Payments.  If there is a Change  of  Control  as
defined above,  all death  benefits  including  those already being  distributed
shall be  payable  in a Lump Sum  Payment.  The  Beneficiary  will  receive  the
payments  due  adjusted  for the time  value of money for the change to lump sum
form under the terms of Section 9. Such Lump Sum Payment shall be paid beginning
no later than the latest of:

          (i)  January 1 of the year after the death of the Employee, or

          (ii) the first day of the third month after the death of the Employee.

          (iii) January 1 of the year after the Change of Control

          (iv) the first day of the third month after the Change of Control

SECTION 5.                 Named Fiduciary.

         (a) Named Fiduciary.  The Institution is hereby designated as the named
fiduciary and Plan Administrator under this Agreement. The named fiduciary shall
have  authority to control and manage the operation and  administration  of this
Agreement,  and it shall be  responsible  for  establishing  and  carrying out a
funding policy and method  consistent  with the objectives of this Agreement and
Section 7 below.

         (b)  Powers of  Employer.  In  addition  to any  powers  and  authority
conferred  on the  Institution  elsewhere  in  this  Agreement  or by  law,  the
Institution as Employer shall have the following powers and authority:

          (i)  To  designate  agents to carry out  responsibilities  relating to
               this Agreement;

          (ii) To administer,  interpret,  construe and apply this Agreement and
               to answer  all  questions  which may arise or which may be raised
               under this Agreement by the Employee,  the Employee's Beneficiary
               or any other person whatsoever;


                                        5

<PAGE>



          (iii)To  establish  rules  and  procedures  from  time to time for the
               conduct  of  its   business  and  for  the   administration   and
               effectuation of its responsibilities under the Agreement.

         Section 6.                 Claims Procedure.

         (a) Initial Denial. Any decision by the Institution  denying a claim by
the Employee or a  Beneficiary  for benefits  under this  Agreement  shall be in
writing and delivered or mailed to the Employee or  Beneficiary.  Such statement
shall  set  forth  the  specific  reasons  for  the  denial.  In  addition,  the
Institution shall afford a reasonable opportunity to the Employee or Beneficiary
for a full and fair review of the decision denying such claim.

         (b)  Denial of  Claim.  A Claim for  Benefits  under the Plan  shall be
denied if the Plan  Administrator  determines  that the Employee or  Beneficiary
(hereinafter  called  "Claimant") is not entitled to receive  benefits under the
Plan.  Notice of a denial shall be furnished to the Claimant within a reasonable
period  of  time  after   receipt  of  the  Claim  for   Benefits  by  the  Plan
Administrator.  The Plan Administrator  shall provide within ninety (90) days to
every Claimant who is denied a Claim for Benefits  written notice setting forth,
in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, the following:

          (i)  The specific reason or reasons for the denial; and

          (ii) Specific  reference to  pertinent  Plan  provisions  on which the
               denial is based; and

          (iii)A  description   of  any   additional   material  or  information
               necessary  for  the  Claimant  to  perfect  the  claim,   and  an
               explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

          (iv) An explanation of the Plan's Claim Review  Procedure as set forth
               below.

         The purpose of the Review  Procedure  is to provide a method by which a
claimant may have a reasonable  opportunity to appeal a denial of a Claim to the
named fiduciary and Plan Administrator for a full and fair review. To accomplish
that purpose, the Claimant or the Claimant's duly authorized representative:

          (i)  May  require  a review  upon  written  application  to the  named
               fiduciary;

          (ii) May review pertinent Plan documents; and

          (iii) May submit issues and comments in writing.

         A Claimant (or  authorized  representative)  shall  request a review by
filing a  written  application  for  review  with the named  fiduciary  and Plan
Administrator  at any time within sixty (60) days after  receipt by the Claimant
of written notice of the denial of the claim.

         In addition  to a request for payment of a claim which is payable,  any
person  who will be a Claimant  or  believes  he or she will be a  Claimant  may
request from the Employer a statement of benefits to be paid in the future. Such
statement shall comply with the  requirements of Section 209(a) of ERISA for the
purposes  of  this  Section  whether  or not  such  statute  would  normally  be
applicable  to  this  Plan.  Such  benefits  may  be  conditioned   upon  future
conditions. If there is a dispute between the Employer and

                                        6

<PAGE>



a Claimant on such  benefits to be paid in the future,  either party may request
the  procedures  of this  Section and Section 21 to resolve the dispute over the
future payment(s) even if no payment is currently available.

         (c)  Review of Denied  Claim.  A decision  on review of a denied  claim
shall be made in the following manner:

          (i)  The  decision on review  shall be made by the named  fiduciary or
               Plan  Administrator,  who may in its discretion hold a hearing on
               the denied claim.  Such decision shall be made promptly,  and not
               later  than sixty (60) days  after  receipt  of the  request  for
               review,  unless special circumstances (such as the need to hold a
               hearing)  require an extension of time for  processing,  in which
               case a decision  shall be rendered as soon as  possible,  but not
               later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after receipt of the
               request for review.

          (ii) The  decision  on review  shall be in writing  and shall  include
               specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated
               to be understood by the Claimant,  and specific references to the
               pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.

SECTION 7.        Funding.

         The Employer's  obligations  under this Agreement  shall be an unfunded
and  unsecured  promise to pay.  The Employer  shall not be obligated  under any
circumstances  to fund its obligations  under this Agreement.  The Employer may,
however, at its sole and exclusive option, elect to fund this Agreement in whole
or in part.

         This Plan is intended to be an unfunded  plan within the meaning of the
Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974 (ERISA).  Accordingly,  it is
intended that the Plan be exempt from the  requirements of Parts II, III, and IV
of Title I of ERISA pursuant to ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(3), and 401(1).

SECTION 8.        Employee's Right to Assets.

         The rights of the Employee or his  Beneficiaries  shall be solely those
of an  unsecured  general  creditor  of the  Institution.  The  Employee  or his
Beneficiaries  shall only have the right to receive from the  Institution  those
payments as specified under this Agreement.  The Employee agrees that neither he
nor his  Beneficiaries  shall have any  rights or  interests  whatsoever  in any
assets of the  Institution.  Any asset used or  acquired by the  Institution  in
connection   with  the  liabilities  the  Institution  has  assumed  under  this
Agreement,  except as expressly  provided,  shall not be deemed to be held under
any Trust for the benefit of the Employee or his Beneficiaries,  nor shall it be
considered  security for the performance of the obligations of the  Institution.
It shall be, and remain, a general,  unpledged,  and  unrestricted  asset of the
Institution.

SECTION 9.        Acceleration of Payment.

         The  Institution  may at its  option,  accelerate  the  payment  of any
benefits payable under this Agreement without the consent of the Employee or his
Beneficiaries.  In the event it is  agreed to  accelerate  these  payments,  the
present  value  of all  future  payments  shall be paid to the  Employee  or his
Beneficiaries.  The then current Federal Reserve  discount rate which is charged
on loans to depository

                                        7

<PAGE>



institutions  by the New York Federal  Reserve Bank shall be used in discounting
any payments as determined by the Institution.

SECTION 10.       Leaves of Absence and Disability.

         (a) The Institution may, in its sole discretion, permit the Employee to
take a leave of absence for a period not to exceed one year.  During such leave,
the Employee  shall be  considered  to be in the  continuous  employment  of the
Institution for purposes of this Agreement.

         (b) For the purposes of this Agreement,  disabled shall mean a physical
or mental condition of the Employee  resulting from bodily injury,  disease,  or
mental  disorder  which  renders  him  incapable  of  continuing  his  usual and
customary  employment  with the  Institution.  The status of  disability  of the
Employee shall be determined by an independent  licensed physician chosen by the
Institution.  During such disability,  the Employee shall be considered to be in
the continuous employment of the Institution for the purposes of this Agreement.

SECTION 11.       Assignability.

         No    sale,    transfer,    alienation,    or    assignment,    pledge,
collateralization,  or attachment of any benefits under this Agreement  shall be
valid or recognized by the Institution.

SECTION 12.  Amendment.

         This Agreement can be amended by the mutual  written  agreement of both
parties.  The  Institution  shall  have the power to  terminate  this  Agreement
completely  by giving  proper  notice of not less  than 60 days.  However,  upon
termination of the Agreement,  the Employee will be entitled to complete payment
of  benefits  as  required  by  this  Agreement  as if he  had  obtained  Normal
Retirement Age if, as of the day before the effective date of the termination of
the  Agreement,  the  Employee  was in  compliance  with  all  other  applicable
conditions of this Agreement.

SECTION 13.  Enforcement.

         This  Agreement  shall be  governed by the laws of the State of Kansas.
This Agreement is solely between the Institution and the Employee.  Furthermore,
the  Employee  or  his  beneficiaries  shall  only  have  recourse  against  the
Institution for enforcement of this Agreement. However, it shall be binding upon
the Beneficiaries,  heirs,  executors,  and administrators of the Employee,  and
upon any and all successors and assigns of the Institution.

SECTION 14.  Severability.

         In the event that any of the  provision  of this  Agreement  or portion
thereof,  are held to be  inoperative  or  invalid  by any  court  of  competent
jurisdiction,  then (1)  insofar as is  reasonable,  effect will be given to the
intent  manifested in the  provisions  held invalid or  inoperative  and (2) the
validity and  enforceability  of the remaining  provisions  will not be affected
thereby.

                                        8

<PAGE>




SECTION 15.  Payments to Beneficiaries.

         For the purposes of this Agreement, Beneficiaries shall mean the person
or persons  designated  by the  Employee  in writing on forms  furnished  by the
Institution.  Such  Employee  may  from  time  to  time  change  the  designated
Beneficiaries  by written  notice to the  Institution,  and upon such change the
rights of all previously designated  Beneficiaries to receive any benefits under
this Agreement shall cease. If, at the date of death of the Employee,  no proper
designated  Beneficiary  exists,  then for the  purpose of this  Agreement,  the
legally  recognized  Spouse of the  Employee  living at his death,  shall be the
Beneficiary; if none, then the Children, natural and adopted, then living of the
Employee; if none, then the Employee's Estate.

SECTION 16.  Incompetency.

         If the  Institution  shall find that any person to whom any  payment is
payable  under  this  Agreement  is unable to care for their  affairs  due to an
illness or accident,  or is a minor, payment due (unless a prior claim therefore
shall have been made by a duly  appointed  guardian,  committee,  or other legal
representative)  may be paid to the  Spouse,  a child,  a parent,  a brother  or
sister,  or a custodian  determined  pursuant to the Uniform Gift to Minors Act,
the Uniform  Transfer to Minors Act, or to any person deemed by the  Institution
to have incurred expense for such person otherwise entitled to payment,  in such
manner and proportions as the Institution may determine.  Any such payments made
under  this  Section  in  good  faith  shall  be a  complete  discharge  of  the
liabilities of the Institution under this Agreement.

SECTION 17.  Right of Employment.

         Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to be a contract
of employment  for any term of years,  nor as  conferring  upon the Employee the
right to continue in the employment of the Institution in the Employee's present
capacity,  or in any other capacity.  It is expressly  understood by the parties
hereto that this Agreement  related  exclusively to additional  compensation for
the Employee's  services,  which compensation is payable after the end of active
employment service and is not intended to be an employment contract.

SECTION 18.  Scope of Agreement.

         Nothing  contained in this Agreement  shall be construed as limiting or
restricting any benefit to the Employee,  his designated  Beneficiary,  or their
estates,  under any pensions,  profit-sharing,  or similar  retirement  plan, or
under  any  group  life,  or group  health  or  accident,  or other  plan of the
Institution,  for the benefit of its employees generally or a group of them, now
or here after in existence,  nor shall any payment  under this  Agreement to any
person entitled to such hereunder be deemed to constitute payment to such person
in lieu of or in reduction of any benefit or payment under any such plan.




                                        9

<PAGE>



SECTION 19.  Consultation.

         In the event that the Employee furnishes his services subsequent to his
retirement  of  an  advisory  or  consulting   nature,  the  Employee  shall  be
compensated  in an  amount  mutually  agreed  upon by the  parties  prior to the
rendering of such  services.  Payments  under other  Sections of this  Agreement
shall in no manner be construed as compensation for the services provided by the
Employee of an advisory or consulting nature.

SECTION 20.  Regulatory Compliance.

         Notwithstanding  any other  provisions  of this  Agreement,  no payment
shall be paid by the  Institution  under this Agreement if such payment would be
in violation of any order or regulation of the  Institution's  primary regulator
or any secondary financial institution  regulatory body having jurisdiction over
the Institution.

SECTION 21.  Arbitration.

         Any controversy, dispute, or claim arising out of or in connection with
or relating to this Plan will,  after  satisfying the requirements of Section 6,
be submitted by the parties to binding  arbitration in Dodge City, Kansas or the
nearest major  metropolitan  city in accordance with the rules and procedures of
the American Arbitration Association. If the parties can not independently agree
upon an  arbitrator,  one shall be  chosen  under the  process  of the  American
Arbitration  Association.  The  prevailing  party in such  arbitration  shall be
entitled  to an  award of  costs  and  expenses  of the  arbitration,  including
reasonable attorney's fees.

SECTION 22.  Limitation on Liability.

         No employee of the  Institution or member of the Board of Directors for
the  Institution  shall be subject to any  liability  with respect to his or her
actions  under this  Agreement  unless the person  acts  fraudulently  or in bad
faith.  To the extent  permitted by law, the  Institution  shall  indemnify each
member of the Board of Directors, and any other employee of the Institution with
duties under this  Agreement who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party,  to any  threatened,  pending,  or completed  proceeding,  whether civil,
criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the person's conduct in
the  performance  of his or her  duties  under  the  Agreement  so  long as such
indemnification  is not  prohibited  under  the rules of the  regulatory  bodies
having jurisdiction over the Institution.


                                       10





                                  EXHIBIT 10.5
<PAGE>



                          LANDMARK FEDERAL SAVINGS BANK

                   DIRECTORS CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE PLAN


         WHEREAS,  Landmark  Federal Savings Bank (the "Savings Bank") wishes to
provide assurances to its members of the Board of Directors ("Board") that their
continued  service and  contribution is valued and to offer a degree of economic
security to such individuals so long as such service is deemed beneficial to the
Board as indicated by their  continued  election and  re-election  to such Board
from time to time; and

         WHEREAS,  it is  deemed  advisable  and in the  best  interests  of the
Savings Bank to offer to its members of the Board a degree of financial security
in the event that their service is terminated as a result of a Change in Control
of the Board;

         NOW THEREFORE,  BE IT RESOLVED that the Plan shall be implemented as of
the Effective Date as follows:


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

         The following  words and phrases as used herein shall,  for the purpose
of the Plan and any subsequent  amendment  thereof,  have the following meanings
unless a different meaning is plainly required by the content:

         1.1  "Board"  means the Board of  Directors  of the  Savings  Bank,  as
constituted from time to time, and successors thereto.

         1.2  "Change  in  Control"  shall  mean:  (i) a change  in the power to
control proxies by any person,  other than the Board of Directors of the Savings
Bank, to direct more than 25% of the outstanding votes of the Savings Bank; (ii)
a change in the control of the  election  of a majority  of the  Savings  Bank's
directors; or (iii) a change in the exercise of a controlling influence over the
management or policies of the Savings Bank by any person or by persons acting as
a group within the meaning of Section  13(d) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended,  (the "Exchange Act").  Change in Control shall also mean: (i)
the sale of all, or a material portion,  of the assets of the Savings Bank; (ii)
the merger or  recapitalization  of the Savings Bank whereby the Savings Bank is
not the  surviving  entity;  (iii) a change in control of the Savings  Bank,  as
otherwise defined or determined by the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS") or
regulations promulgated by it; or (iv) the acquisition,  directly or indirectly,
of the  beneficial  ownership  (within the meaning of that term as it is used in
Section  13(d) of the  Exchange  Act and the rules and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder)  of  twenty-five  percent  (25%) or more of the  outstanding  voting
securities of the Savings Bank by any person,  trust,  entity or group. The term
"person"  refers  to  an  individual  or  a  corporation,   partnership,  trust,
association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated
organization or


<PAGE>



any other form of entity not  specifically  listed  herein.  The decision of the
Committee as to whether a change in control has occurred shall be conclusive and
binding.

         1.3  "Committee"  means the Board or the  administrative  committee  as
appointed by the Board pursuant to Section 6.11 herein.

         1.4 "Director"  means a member of the Board of Directors of the Savings
Bank as of the Effective Date.

         1.5      "Effective Date" means May 21, 1998.

         1.6 "Participant"  means a Director serving as a member of the Board on
or after the  Effective  Date.  A  Director's  participation  in the Plan  shall
continue as long as he or she  continues  to serve as a Director  subject to the
right of termination, amendment, and modification of the Plan set forth herein.

         1.7 "Plan" means the Landmark  Federal Savings Bank Directors Change in
Control  Severance Plan as set forth herein,  and as may be amended from time to
time by the Board.

         1.8  "Savings  Bank"  means  Landmark  Federal  Savings  Bank,  or  any
successor thereto.

         1.9  "Service"  means all years of service as a Director of the Savings
Bank and all predecessor (or successor)  entities of the Savings Bank.  Years of
service as a Director need not be continuous.

         1.10  "Severance  Benefit  Amount" means the benefit  payable under the
Plan in accordance Section 2.4 herein.

         1.11 "Termination Event" means the termination of service as a Director
following the date of a Change in Control of the Savings Bank or within one year
thereafter.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    BENEFITS

         2.1 Severance Benefits. Upon the occurrence of a Termination Event, the
Savings Bank shall pay monthly to the Participant the Severance  Benefit Amount,
as described and in the amount set forth at Article II, Section 2.2.  Payment of
such Severance Benefit Amount shall begin on the first business day of the month
following such Termination  Event. The payments will continue to be paid monthly
until all scheduled payments are made to the Participant.  Except as provided at
Article  II,  Section 2.2 upon a  Participant's  termination  from  service as a
Director of the Savings  Bank prior to a  Termination  Event,  the Savings  Bank
shall have no financial obligations to the Participant under the Plan.


         2.2 Severance  Benefit  Amount.  The Severance  Benefit Amount shall be
calculated and payable as follows:

                                        2

<PAGE>




                  a. A Severance  Benefit  Amount  shall be paid for a period of
         months based upon service of the  Participant  prior to the Termination
         Event as follows:

          Years of Service          Maximum Number of Monthly Payments
          ----------------          ----------------------------------

          less than 1 year                             0
          1 or more                                   12

                  b. The  Severance  Benefit  Amount shall be  calculated as the
         aggregate  annual  Board  retainer  and regular  monthly  Board fees in
         effect with respect to such Director at the  Termination  Event,  which
         would  normally  be paid during the next  twelve  month  period to such
         Participant as a Director.

                  c. Benefits  payable in accordance with the Plan are exclusive
of any other benefits that may be payable to a participant  under any other plan
of the Bank.

         2.3  Death of  Participant.  Upon the  death  of a  Participant  who is
receiving  benefit  payments  under  the  Plan  prior to his or her  death,  the
remaining  monthly  payments will cease  immediately  and all obligations of the
Savings  Bank  under  the  Plan  shall  cease  to  exist  with  respect  to such
Participant.

         2.4 Alternative Forms Of Benefit Payment. The Committee may at any time
distribute  the  Severance  Benefit  Amount with respect to all future  benefits
payable  pursuant to Article II of the Plan,  in a lump sum payment equal to the
present value of all future benefits payable to such  Participant.  The interest
rate in effect  for a six month U.S.  Treasury  Bill on the date of the lump sum
payment shall be used for purposes of  calculating  the present value of amounts
payable in accordance with Section 2.4.


                                   ARTICLE III

                         TRUST/NON-FUNDED STATUS OF PLAN

         3.1  Trust/Non-Funded  Status of Plan.  Except  as may be  specifically
provided,  nothing  contained in this Plan and no action  taken  pursuant to the
provisions  of this Plan shall  create or be  construed to create a trust of any
kind, or a fiduciary  relationship  between the Savings Bank and the Participant
or any other  person.  Any funds which may be invested  under the  provisions of
this Plan shall  continue for all purposes to be a part of the general  funds of
the Savings  Bank.  No person other than the Savings Bank shall by virtue of the
provisions of this Plan have any interest in such funds.  The Savings Bank shall
not be under  any  obligation  to use such  funds  solely  to  provide  benefits
hereunder,  and no  representations  have been made to any Participant that such
funds can or will be used only to provide benefits hereunder. To the extent that
any person acquires a right to receive  payments from the Savings Bank under the
Plan,  such rights shall be no greater than the right of any  unsecured  general
creditor of the Savings Bank.



                                        3

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV

                                     VESTING

         4.1 Vesting.  All benefits  under this Plan are deemed  non-vested  and
forfeitable  prior to a Termination  Event. All benefits payable hereunder shall
be deemed 100% vested and non-  forfeitable by the  Participant  upon his or her
meeting the  requirements  set forth at Article II upon a Termination  Event. No
benefits shall be deemed payable hereunder for any period prior to the time that
such benefits shall be deemed 100% vested and non-forfeitable.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                   TERMINATION

         5.1  Termination.  All the  rights  of a  Participant  shall  terminate
immediately  upon the  Participant  ceasing to be in the  active  service of the
Savings Bank prior to a Termination  Event.  A leave of absence  approved by the
Board shall not  constitute  a cessation  of service  within the meaning of this
Section 5.1.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

         6.1 Other  Benefits.  Nothing in this Plan shall  diminish  or impair a
Participant's eligibility,  participation or benefit entitlement under any other
benefit,  insurance or compensation plan or agreement of the Savings Bank now or
hereinafter in effect.

         6.2 No Effect on Employment  or Service.  This Plan shall not be deemed
to give any  Participant or other person in the employ or service of the Savings
Bank any right to be retained in the  employment or service of the Savings Bank,
or to interfere with the right of the Savings Bank to terminate any  Participant
or such other  person at any time and to treat him or her without  regard to the
effect which such treatment  might have upon him or her as a Participant in this
Plan.

         6.3 Legally Binding. The rights,  privileges,  benefits and obligations
under this Plan are  intended to be legal  obligations  of the Savings  Bank and
binding upon the Savings Bank, its successors and assigns.

         6.4  Modification.  The  Savings  Bank,  by  action  of  the  Board  of
Directors,  reserves the exclusive  right to amend,  modify,  or terminate  this
Plan. Any such  termination,  modification  or amendment  shall not terminate or
diminish any rights or benefits accrued by any Participant prior thereto without
regard to whether  such  rights or  benefits  shall be deemed  vested as of such
date.  The  Savings  Bank shall give  thirty  (30) days notice in writing to any
Participant  prior  to the  effective  date of any  amendment,  modification  or
termination of this Plan.


                                        4

<PAGE>



         6.5 Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
the Plan or the breach  thereof  shall be settled by  arbitration  in accordance
with the Commercial  Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration  Association,
with  such  arbitration  hearing  to be  held  at the  offices  of the  American
Arbitration  Association ("AAA") nearest to the home office of the Savings Bank,
unless otherwise mutually agreed to by the Participant and the Savings Bank, and
judgment  upon the award  rendered  by the  arbitrator(s)  may be entered in any
court having jurisdiction thereof.

         6.6  Limitation.  No rights of any  Participant  are  assignable by any
Participant,  in whole or in part,  either by voluntary or involuntary act or by
operation  of law.  The rights of a  Participant  hereunder  are not  subject to
anticipation,  alienation, sale, transfer,  assignment,  pledge,  hypothecation,
encumbrance  or  garnishment  by  creditors  of  the  Participant.   Further,  a
Participant's  rights  under the Plan are not  subject to the debts,  contracts,
liabilities, engagements, or torts of any Participant. No Participant shall have
any right under this Plan or right against any assets held or acquired  pursuant
thereto  other than the rights of a general,  unsecured  creditor of the Savings
Bank pursuant to the  unsecured  promise of the Savings Bank to pay the benefits
accrued  hereunder in accordance  with the terms of this Plan.  The Savings Bank
has no obligation under this Plan to fund or otherwise secure its obligations to
render  payments  hereunder  to a  Participant.  No  Participant  shall have any
discretion in the use,  disposition,  or investment of any asset acquired or set
aside by the Savings Bank to provide benefits under this Plan.

         6.7 ERISA and IRC  Disclaimer.  It is intended that the Plan be neither
an "employee  welfare  benefit plan" nor an "employee  pension benefit plan" for
purposes of the Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act of 1974,  as amended
("ERISA").  Further, it is intended that the Plan will not cause the interest of
a  Participant  under  the Plan to be  includable  in the  gross  income of such
Participant prior to the actual receipt of a payment under the Plan for purposes
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("IRC").

         6.8      Regulatory Matters.

         (a) The  Participant  shall  have no right to receive  compensation  or
other benefits in accordance  with the Plan for any period after  termination of
service for Just Cause.  Termination for "Just Cause" shall include  termination
because  of  the  Participant's  personal  dishonesty,   incompetence,   willful
misconduct,  breach of fiduciary duty  involving  personal  profit,  intentional
failure  to  perform  stated  duties,  willful  violation  of any  law,  rule or
regulation  (other  than  traffic  violations  or  similar  offenses)  or  final
cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Plan.

         (b) Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, any payments made
to a Participant  pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to and conditioned  upon
compliance with 12 USC ss.1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

         6.9  Incompetency.  If the  Savings  Bank shall find that any person to
whom any payment is payable  under the Plan is deemed  unable to care for his or
her personal  affairs because of illness or accident,  any payment due (unless a
prior  claim  therefor  shall  have  been  made  by a duly  appointed  guardian,
committee or other legal representative) may be paid to the

                                        5

<PAGE>



spouse,  a child, a parent,  or a brother or sister,  or to any person deemed by
the Savings Bank to have incurred expense for such person otherwise  entitled to
payment,  in such manner and  proportions as the Board may determine in its sole
discretion.  Any such  payments  shall  constitute  a complete  discharge of the
liabilities of the Savings Bank under the Plan.

         6.10 Construction. The Committee shall have full power and authority to
interpret, construe and administer this Plan and the Committee's interpretations
and  construction  thereof,  and  actions  thereunder,   shall  be  binding  and
conclusive on all persons for all purposes.  Directors of the Savings Bank shall
not be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in  connection  with
the interpretation and administration of this Plan unless attributable to his or
her own willful, gross misconduct or lack of good faith.

         6.11  Plan  Administration.   The  Board  shall  administer  the  Plan;
provided, however, that the Board may appoint an administrative committee (i.e.,
the Committee) to provide administrative  services or perform duties required by
this Plan.  The  Committee  shall have only the  authority  granted to it by the
Board.

         6.12 Governing Law. This Plan shall be construed in accordance with and
governed by the laws of the State of Kansas ("State"), except to the extent that
federal law shall be deemed to apply.

         6.13  Successors  and  Assigns.  The  Plan  shall be  binding  upon any
successor or successors of the Savings Bank,  and unless  clearly  inapplicable,
reference herein to the Savings Bank shall be deemed to include any successor or
successors of the Savings Bank.

         6.14 Sole Agreement.  The Plan expresses,  embodies, and supersedes all
previous agreements,  understandings,  and commitments, whether written or oral,
between the Savings Bank and any Participants hereto with respect to the subject
matter hereof.



                                        6









                                  EXHIBIT 10.7
<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------

                             as amended and restated

         THIS  AGREEMENT  entered  into  this  31 day of May,  1998  ("Effective
Date"),  by and between  Landmark Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") and Larry L.
Schugart (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS,  the  Employee  has  heretofore  been  employed by the Bank as
President and Chief  Executive  Officer and is  experienced in all phases of the
business of the Bank; and

         WHEREAS, the parties have previously enter into an Employment Agreement
dated September 30, 1994, as subsequently amended and renewed; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing
employment relationship of the Bank and the Employee.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.  Employment.  The  Employee  is  employed  in  the  capacity  as the
President and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Bank.  The Employee  shall render
such administrative and management services to the Bank and Landmark Bancshares,
Inc.  ("Parent") as are currently  rendered and as are customarily  performed by
persons situated in a similar executive capacity.  The Employee shall promote to
the extent permitted by law the business of the Bank and Parent.  The Employee's
other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors for the Bank (the "Board of
Directors" or "Board") may from time to time reasonably direct, including normal
duties as an officer of the Bank.

         2. Base  Compensation.  The Bank agrees to pay the Employee  during the
term of this  Agreement  a salary at the rate of $95,000  per annum,  payable in
cash not less  frequently than monthly;  provided,  that the rate of such salary
shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors  not less often than  annually,  and
Employee shall be entitled to receive annually an increase at such percentage or
in such an amount as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may decide at
such time.

         3. Discretionary Bonus. The Bank will continue to periodically consider
the payment of cash bonuses in accordance  with past business  practices,  based
upon the  performance of the Employee and the results of operations of the Bank.
The Employee shall be entitled to  participate  in an equitable  manner with all
other senior management  employees of the Bank in bonuses that may be authorized
and declared by the Board of Directors to its senior  management  employees from
time to time.  No other  compensation  provided for in this  Agreement  shall be
deemed  a  substitute   for  the   Employee's   right  to  participate  in  such
discretionary bonuses when and as declared by the Board of Directors.


<PAGE>




         4. (a)  Participation  in  Retirement,  Medical  and Other  Plans.  The
Employee  shall be entitled to  participate  in any plan of the Bank relating to
pension,  profit-sharing,  or other retirement  benefits and medical coverage or
reimbursement  plans that the Bank may adopt for the  benefit of its  employees.
Additionally,  Employee's  dependent  family shall be eligible to participate in
medical and dental insurance plans sponsored by the Bank or Parent with the cost
of such premiums paid by the Bank. The Employee shall be entitled to participate
in any stock  benefit  programs,  tax-qualified  or  non-tax-qualified  deferred
compensation plans or any other fringe benefits instituted by the Bank.

         (b) Employee  Benefits;  Expenses.  The  Employee  shall be eligible to
participate in any fringe benefits which may be or may become  applicable to the
Bank's senior management employees,  including by example,  participation in any
stock  option or  incentive  plans  adopted by the Board of Directors of Bank or
Parent, club memberships,  a reasonable expense account,  and any other benefits
which are commensurate with the  responsibilities  and functions to be performed
by the Employee under this Agreement.  The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all
reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses which Employee shall incur in connection with
his service for the Bank.

         5. Term. The term of employment of Employee under this Agreement  shall
be for the period  commencing on the Effective Date and ending  thirty-six  (36)
months thereafter ("Term").  Additionally,  on each annual anniversary date from
the  Effective  Date,  the term of  employment  under  this  Agreement  shall be
extended for an additional one year period beyond the then effective  expiration
date upon a  determination  and  resolution  of the Board of Directors  that the
performance of the Employee has met the requirements and standards of the Board,
and that the term of such Agreement shall be extended.

         6.       Loyalty; Noncompetition.

         (a) The  Employee  shall  devote  his full  time and  attention  to the
performance  of  his  employment  under  this  Agreement.  During  the  term  of
Employee's employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall not engage in any
business or activity  contrary to the business  affairs or interests of the Bank
or Parent.

         (b) Nothing  contained  in this Section 6 shall be deemed to prevent or
limit the right of Employee to invest in the capital  stock or other  securities
of any  business  dissimilar  from that of the Bank or Parent,  or,  solely as a
passive or minority investor, in any business.

         7.  Standards.  The  Employee  shall  perform  his  duties  under  this
Agreement in accordance  with such  reasonable  standards  expected of employees
with comparable positions in comparable  organizations and as may be established
from time to time by the Board of Directors.


<PAGE>



         8. Vacation and Sick Leave.  At such  reasonable  times as the Board of
Directors  shall in its  discretion  permit,  the  Employee  shall be  entitled,
without loss of pay, to absent himself  voluntarily  from the performance of his
employment  under this Agreement,  with all such voluntary  absences to count as
vacation time; provided that:

         (a) The  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  annual  vacation  leave  in
accordance  with the policies as are  periodically  established  by the Board of
Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.

         (b) The  Employee  shall not be  entitled  to  receive  any  additional
compensation  from the Bank on account of his failure to take vacation leave and
Employee  shall not be entitled to  accumulate  unused  vacation from one fiscal
year to the next, except in either case to the extent authorized by the Board of
Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.

         (c) In addition to the aforesaid paid vacations,  the Employee shall be
entitled without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance
of his employment with the Bank for such additional periods of time and for such
valid and  legitimate  reasons as the Board of Directors in its  discretion  may
determine.  Further,  the Board of  Directors  shall be entitled to grant to the
Employee a leave or leaves of absence  with or without pay at such time or times
and upon such terms and  conditions as the Board of Directors in its  discretion
may determine.

         (d) In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to an annual sick leave
benefit as established by the Board of Directors for senior management employees
of the Bank.  In the event that any sick leave  benefit shall not have been used
during any year, such leave shall accrue to subsequent  years only to the extent
authorized by the Board of Directors for employees of the Bank.

         9.       Termination and Termination Pay.

         The Employee's employment under this Agreement shall be terminated upon
any of the following occurrences:

         (a) The death of the  Employee  during the term of this  Agreement,  in
which event the Employee's  estate shall be entitled to receive the compensation
due the  Employee  through the last day of the  calendar  month which is six (6)
months after Employee's death

         (b) The Board of Directors may terminate the  Employee's  employment at
any time, but any termination by the Board of Directors  other than  termination
for Just Cause,  shall not prejudice the  Employee's  right to  compensation  or
other benefits under the Agreement.  The Employee shall have no right to receive
compensation or other benefits for any period after  termination for Just Cause.
Termination for "Just Cause" shall include termination because of the Employee's
personal dishonesty, incompetence,


<PAGE>



willful  misconduct,   breach  of  fiduciary  duty  involving  personal  profit,
intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule
or  regulation  (other than  traffic  violations  or similar  offenses) or final
cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of the Agreement.

         (c) Except as  provided  pursuant  to  Section 12 herein,  in the event
Employee's  employment  under  this  Agreement  is  terminated  by the  Board of
Directors without Just Cause, the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay the
Employee  the salary  provided  pursuant to Section 2 herein,  up to the date of
termination  of the term  (including any renewal term) of this Agreement and the
cost of Employee  obtaining all health,  life,  disability,  and other  benefits
which the Employee  would be eligible to  participate in through such date based
upon the benefit levels  substantially equal to those being provided Employee at
the date of  termination  of  employment,  but in no event  shall such salary or
benefits  continuation  be for a period  of less  than one year from the date of
termination of employment.

         (d) If the  Employee  is removed  and/or  permanently  prohibited  from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under
Sections  8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12
U.S.C.  1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement
shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the vested rights of
the parties shall not be affected.

         (e) If the Bank is in default (as  defined in Section  3(x)(1) of FDIA)
all obligations  under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default,
but this  paragraph  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights  of the  contracting
parties.

         (f) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to
the extent  determined that  continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the
continued  operation  of the Bank:  (i) by the  Director of the Office of Thrift
Supervision  ("Director of OTS"),  or his or her designee,  at the time that the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC")  enters into an  agreement to
provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority  contained in
Section  13(c)  of  FDIA;  or (ii) by the  Director  of the  OTS,  or his or her
designee,  at the time  that the  Director  of the OTS,  or his or her  designee
approves a supervisory  merger to resolve  problems  related to operation of the
Bank or when  the  Bank is  determined  by the  Director  of the OTS to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however, shall not be affected by such action.

         (g) The voluntary  termination by the Employee  during the term of this
Agreement  with the delivery of no less than 60 days written notice to the Board
of Directors,  other than pursuant to Section 12(b),  in which case the Employee
shall be entitled  to receive  only the  compensation,  vested  rights,  and all
employee benefits up to the date of such termination.


<PAGE>



         (h) Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, any payments made
to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and
conditioned   upon  compliance  with  12  USC  ss.1828(k)  and  any  regulations
promulgated thereunder.

         10.  Suspension  of  Employment . If the  Employee is suspended  and/or
temporarily  prohibited from  participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs
by a notice  served  under  Section  8(e)(3)  or (g)(1)  of the FDIA (12  U.S.C.
1818(e)(3)  and (g)(1)),  the Bank's  obligations  under the Agreement  shall be
suspended as of the date of service,  unless stayed by appropriate  proceedings.
If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank shall, (i) pay the Employee
all or part of the  compensation  withheld while its contract  obligations  were
suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its obligations which were suspended.

         11. Disability.  If the Employee shall become disabled or incapacitated
to the extent  that he is unable to perform his duties  hereunder,  by reason of
medically determinable physical or mental impairment,  as determined by a doctor
engaged by the Board of  Directors,  Employee  shall  nevertheless  continue  to
receive the compensation and benefits which may be payable to Employee under the
provisions of disability  insurance coverage in effect for Bank employees.  Upon
returning to active full-time  employment,  the Employee's full  compensation as
set forth in this Agreement  shall be reinstated as of the date of  commencement
of such activities.  In the event that the Employee returns to active employment
on other than a full-time basis,  then his compensation (as set forth in Section
2 of this  Agreement)  shall be reduced in  proportion to the time spent in said
employment, or as shall otherwise be agreed to by the parties.

         12.      Change in Control.

         (a) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary,  in the event
of the involuntary termination of Employee's employment under this Agreement, in
connection with or within 18 months  following any change in control of the Bank
or Parent,  Employee  shall be paid an amount  equal to the product of three (3)
times the  Employee's  "base  amount" as defined  in Section  280G(b)(3)  of the
Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  "Code")  and  regulations
promulgated thereunder less one dollar. Said sum shall be paid, at the option of
Employee,  either  (i) in  periodic  payments  over  the next 36  months  or the
remaining term of this Agreement, whichever is less, as if Employee's employment
had not been terminated,  or (ii) in one (1) lump sum within thirty (30) days of
such  termination,  and  such  payments  shall  be in lieu of any  other  future
payments which the Employee would be otherwise entitled to receive under Section
9  of  this  Agreement.   Further,   Employee  shall  be  eligible  to  continue
participation  for the Employee and Employee's  dependents under the medical and
dental insurance program of the Bank, and any successors thereto,  from the date
of such termination of employment  through the period ending as of the first day
of the month following Employee's attainment of age 65.


<PAGE>



Notwithstanding  the forgoing,  all sums payable  hereunder  shall be reduced in
such  manner and to such extent so that no such  payments  made  hereunder  when
aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Employee by the Bank or the
Parent shall be deemed an "excess parachute  payment" in accordance with Section
280G of the Code and be subject to the excise tax provided at Section 4999(a) of
the Code. The term "control"  shall refer to the ownership,  holding or power to
vote more than 25% of the Parent's or Bank's  voting  stock,  the control of the
election of a majority of the Parent's or Bank's directors, or the exercise of a
controlling  influence  over the management or policies of the Parent or Bank by
any person or by persons  acting as a group within the meaning of Section  13(d)
of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  The term "person" means an individual
other than the Employee,  or a  corporation,  partnership,  trust,  association,
joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization
or any other form of entity not specifically listed herein.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  Employee may voluntary  terminate his employment under this Agreement
following  a  change  in  control  of the Bank or  Parent,  and  Employee  shall
thereupon be entitled to receive the payment  described in Section 12(a) of this
Agreement,  upon the occurrence,  or within one year  thereafter,  of any of the
following events, which have not been consented to in advance by the Employee in
writing:  (i) if Employee  would be required to move his  personal  residence or
perform his principal  executive functions more than thirty-five (35) miles from
the Employee's  primary office as of the signing of this  Agreement;  (ii) if in
the organizational  structure of the Bank or Parent,  Employee would be required
to report to a person or  persons  other  than the Board of the Bank or  Parent;
(iii) if the Bank or Parent should fail to maintain  existing  employee benefits
plans,  including  material fringe benefit,  stock option and retirement  plans;
(iv) if Employee would be assigned duties and responsibilities  other than those
normally associated with his position as referenced at Section 1, herein; (v) if
Employee  would not be elected or  reelected  to the Board of  Directors  of the
Bank; or (vi) if Employee's  responsibilities  or authority have in any way been
materially diminished or reduced.

         (c) Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
this  Agreement,  or the breach  thereof,  shall be settled  by  arbitration  in
accordance  with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American
Arbitration  Association  ("AAA")  nearest to the home  office of the Bank,  and
judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction
thereof,  except to the extend  that the parties  may  otherwise  reach a mutual
settlement of such issue. The Bank shall incur the cost of all fees and expenses
associated  with filing a request for  arbitration  with the AAA,  whether  such
filing  is  made on  behalf  of the  Bank or the  Employee,  and the  costs  and
administrative  fees  associated  with  employing  the  arbitrator  and  related
administrative  expenses assessed by the AAA. The Bank shall reimburse  Employee
for all costs and expenses,  including reasonable  attorneys' fees, arising from
such dispute, proceedings or actions, notwithstanding


<PAGE>



the ultimate outcome  thereof.  Such  reimbursement,  which shall not exceed the
Employee's compensation for the remaining term of this Agreement,  shall be paid
within  ten (10) days of  Employee  furnishing  to the Bank or Parent  evidence,
which may be in the form, among other things, of a canceled check or receipt, of
any costs or expenses  incurred by Employee.  Any such request for reimbursement
by Employee shall be made no more frequently than at sixty (60) day intervals.

         13.      Successors and Assigns.

         (a) This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding  upon
any  corporate or other  successor  of the Bank or Parent  which shall  acquire,
directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation,  purchase or otherwise, all or
substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank or Parent.

         (b) Since the Bank is contracting for the unique and personal skills of
the Employee,  the Employee  shall be precluded from assigning or delegating his
rights or duties  hereunder  without first  obtaining the written consent of the
Bank.

         14.  Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding  upon the  parties  hereto  unless  made in  writing  and signed by both
parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

         15.  Applicable  Law. This agreement  shall be governed by all respects
whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the
laws of the State of Kansas,  except to the  extent  that  Federal  law shall be
deemed to apply.

         16.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceablitiy of the other provisions hereof.

         17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or
modifications  thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties,  shall constitute
the entire agreement between the parties hereto.

         18. Indemnification; Insurance

                  (a) Indemnification. The Bank agrees to indemnify the Employee
and his heirs,  executors,  and  administrators  to the fullest extent permitted
under applicable law and regulations,  including,  without  limitation 12 U.S.C.
Section  1828(k),  against  any  and all  expenses  and  liabilities  reasonably
incurred by the Employee in connection  with or arising out of any action,  suit
or proceeding in which the Employee may be involved by reason of his having been
a director or officer of the Bank or any of its subsidiaries, whether or not the
Employee is a director or officer at the time of incurring  any such expenses or
liabilities.  Such  expenses and  liabilities  shall  include,  but shall not be
limited


<PAGE>



to,  judgments,  court  costs  and  attorney's  fees and the cost of  reasonable
settlements.  The Employee shall be entitled to  indemnification in respect of a
settlement  only if the  Board  of  Directors  of the  Bank  has  approved  such
settlement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) indemnification
for  expenses  shall not  extend to  matters  for  which the  Employee  has been
terminated for, and (ii) the obligations of this Section 18 shall survive the of
this.  Nothing  contained  herein  shall be  deemed to  provide  indemnification
prohibited by applicable law or regulation.

                  (b)  Insurance.  During the of the  Agreement,  the Bank shall
provide  the  Employee  (and his  heirs,  executors,  and  administrators)  with
coverage  under a  directors'  and  officers'  liability  policy  at the  Bank's
expense,  at least equivalent to such coverage  otherwise  provided to the other
directors and senior officers of the Bank.











                                  EXHIBIT 10.8
<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------

                             as amended and restated


         THIS  AGREEMENT  entered into this 31 st day of May,  1998  ("Effective
Date"),  by and between  Landmark  Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") and Gary L.
Watkins (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS,  the  Employee  has  heretofore  been  employed by the Bank as
Senior Vice  President and is  experienced  in all phases of the business of the
Bank; and

         WHEREAS, the parties have previously enter into an Employment Agreement
dated September 30, 1994, as subsequently amended and renewed; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing
employment relationship of the Bank and the Employee.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.  Employment.  The Employee is employed in the capacity as the Senior
Vice President of the Bank. The Employee  shall render such  administrative  and
management services to the Bank and Landmark Bancshares,  Inc. ("Parent") as are
currently  rendered and as are  customarily  performed by persons  situated in a
similar executive capacity. The Employee shall also promote, by entertainment or
otherwise,  as and to the extent  permitted by law, the business of the Bank and
Parent.  The Employee's other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors for
the Bank (the "Board of Directors" or "Board") may from time to time  reasonably
direct, including normal duties as an officer of the Bank.

         2. Base  Compensation.  The Bank agrees to pay the Employee  during the
term of this  Agreement  a salary at the rate of $65,000  per annum,  payable in
cash not less  frequently than monthly;  provided,  that the rate of such salary
shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors  not less often than  annually,  and
Employee shall be entitled to receive annually an increase at such percentage or
in such an amount as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may decide at
such time.

         3.  Discretionary  Bonus. The Employee shall be entitled to participate
in an equitable manner with all other senior management employees of the Bank in
discretionary  bonuses  that may be  authorized  and  declared  by the  Board of
Directors  to its  senior  management  employees  from  time to  time.  No other
compensation provided for in this Agreement shall be deemed a substitute for the
Employee's  right  to  participate  in such  discretionary  bonuses  when and as
declared by the Board of Directors.

         4.       (a)      Participation in Retirement and Medical Plans.  The
Employee shall be entitled to participate in any plan of the Bank


<PAGE>



relating to pension,  profit-sharing,  or other retirement  benefits and medical
coverage or  reimbursement  plans that the Bank may adopt for the benefit of its
employees.

         (b) Employee  Benefits;  Expenses.  The  Employee  shall be eligible to
participate in any fringe benefits which may be or may become  applicable to the
Bank's senior management employees,  including by example,  participation in any
stock  option or  incentive  plans  adopted by the Board of Directors of Bank or
Parent, club memberships,  a reasonable expense account,  and any other benefits
which are commensurate with the  responsibilities  and functions to be performed
by the Employee under this Agreement.  The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all
reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses which Employee shall incur in connection with
his service for the Bank.

         5. Term. The term of employment of Employee under this Agreement  shall
be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending twelve (12) months
thereafter  ("Term").  Additionally,  on each annual  anniversary  date from the
Effective  Date, the term of employment  under this Agreement  shall be extended
for an additional one year period beyond the then effective expiration date upon
a determination and resolution of the Board of Directors that the performance of
the Employee has met the  requirements  and standards of the Board, and that the
term of such Agreement shall be extended.

         6.       Loyalty; Noncompetition.

         (a) The  Employee  shall  devote  his full  time and  attention  to the
performance  of  his  employment  under  this  Agreement.  During  the  term  of
Employee's employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall not engage in any
business or activity  contrary to the business  affairs or interests of the Bank
or Parent.

         (b) Nothing contained in this Paragraph 6 shall be deemed to prevent or
limit the right of Employee to invest in the capital  stock or other  securities
of any  business  dissimilar  from that of the Bank or Parent,  or,  solely as a
passive or minority investor, in any business.

         7.  Standards.  The  Employee  shall  perform  his  duties  under  this
Agreement in accordance  with such  reasonable  standards  expected of employees
with comparable positions in comparable  organizations and as may be established
from time to time by the Board of Directors.

         8. Vacation and Sick Leave.  At such  reasonable  times as the Board of
Directors  shall in its  discretion  permit,  the  Employee  shall be  entitled,
without loss of pay, to absent himself  voluntarily  from the performance of his
employment  under this Agreement,  with all such voluntary  absences to count as
vacation time; provided that:



<PAGE>



         (a) The  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  annual  vacation  leave  in
accordance  with the policies as are  periodically  established  by the Board of
Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.


         (b) The  Employee  shall not be  entitled  to  receive  any  additional
compensation  from the Bank on account of his failure to take vacation leave and
Employee  shall not be entitled to  accumulate  unused  vacation from one fiscal
year to the next, except in either case to the extent authorized by the Board of
Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.

         (c) In addition to the aforesaid paid vacations,  the Employee shall be
entitled without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance
of his employment with the Bank for such additional periods of time and for such
valid and  legitimate  reasons as the Board of Directors in its  discretion  may
determine.  Further,  the Board of  Directors  shall be entitled to grant to the
Employee a leave or leaves of absence  with or without pay at such time or times
and upon such terms and  conditions as the Board of Directors in its  discretion
may determine.

         (d) In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to an annual sick leave
benefit as established by the Board of Directors for senior management employees
of the Bank.  In the event that any sick leave  benefit shall not have been used
during any year, such leave shall accrue to subsequent  years only to the extent
authorized by the Board of Directors for employees of the Bank.

         9.       Termination and Termination Pay.

         The Employee's employment under this Agreement shall be terminated upon
any of the following occurrences:

         (a) The death of the  Employee  during the term of this  Agreement,  in
which event the Employee's  estate shall be entitled to receive the compensation
due the Employee  through the last day of the calendar  month which is three (3)
months after the Employee's death.

         (b) The Board of Directors may terminate the  Employee's  employment at
any time, but any termination by the Board of Directors  other than  termination
for Just Cause,  shall not prejudice the  Employee's  right to  compensation  or
other benefits under the Agreement.  The Employee shall have no right to receive
compensation or other benefits for any period after  termination for Just Cause.
Termination for "Just Cause" shall include termination because of the Employee's
personal dishonesty,  incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty
involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful
violation  of any law,  rule or  regulation  (other than traffic  violations  or
similar  offenses) or final  cease-and-desist  order,  or material breach of any
provision of the Agreement.



<PAGE>



         (c) Except as  provided  pursuant  to  Section 12 herein,  in the event
Employee's  employment  under  this  Agreement  is  terminated  by the  Board of
Directors without Just Cause, the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay the
Employee  the salary  provided  pursuant to Section 2 herein,  up to the date of
termination  of the term  (including any renewal term) of this Agreement and the
cost of Employee  obtaining all health,  life,  disability,  and other  benefits
which the Employee  would be eligible to  participate in through such date based
upon the benefit levels  substantially equal to those being provided Employee at
the date of termination of employment.

         (d) If the  Employee  is removed  and/or  permanently  prohibited  from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under
Sections  8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12
U.S.C.  1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement
shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the vested rights of
the parties shall not be affected.

         (e) If the Bank is in default (as  defined in Section  3(x)(1) of FDIA)
all obligations  under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default,
but this  paragraph  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights  of the  contracting
parties.

         (f) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to
the extent  determined that  continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the
continued  operation  of the Bank:  (i) by the  Director of the Office of Thrift
Supervision  ("Director of OTS"),  or his or her designee,  at the time that the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC")  enters into an  agreement to
provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority  contained in
Section  13(c)  of  FDIA;  or (ii) by the  Director  of the  OTS,  or his or her
designee,  at the time  that the  Director  of the OTS,  or his or her  designee
approves a supervisory  merger to resolve  problems  related to operation of the
Bank or when  the  Bank is  determined  by the  Director  of the OTS to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however, shall not be affected by such action.

         (g) The voluntary  termination by the Employee  during the term of this
Agreement  with the delivery of no less than 60 days written notice to the Board
of Directors,  other than pursuant to Section 12(b),  in which case the Employee
shall be entitled  to receive  only the  compensation,  vested  rights,  and all
employee benefits up to the date of such termination.

         (h) Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, any payments made
to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and
conditioned   upon  compliance  with  12  USC  ss.1828(k)  and  any  regulations
promulgated thereunder.

         10.  Suspension  of  Employment . If the  Employee is suspended  and/or
temporarily  prohibited from  participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs
by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or


<PAGE>



(g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3)  and (g)(1)),  the Bank's  obligations
under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service,  unless stayed
by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank
shall, (i) pay the Employee all or part of the  compensation  withheld while its
contract  obligations  were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its  obligations
which were suspended.

         11. Disability.  If the Employee shall become disabled or incapacitated
to the extent  that he is unable to perform his duties  hereunder,  by reason of
medically determinable physical or mental impairment,  as determined by a doctor
engaged by the Board of  Directors,  Employee  shall  nevertheless  continue  to
receive the compensation and benefits which may be payable to Employee under the
provisions of disability  insurance coverage in effect for Bank employees.  Upon
returning to active full-time  employment,  the Employee's full  compensation as
set forth in this Agreement  shall be reinstated as of the date of  commencement
of such activities.  In the event that the Employee returns to active employment
on  other  than a  full-time  basis,  then  his  compensation  (as set  forth in
Paragraph 2 of this Agreement)  shall be reduced in proportion to the time spent
in said employment, or as shall otherwise be agreed to by the parties.

         12.      Change in Control.

         (a) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary,  in the event
of the involuntary termination of Employee's employment under this Agreement, in
connection with or within 18 months after,  any change in control of the Bank or
Parent,  Employee shall be paid an amount equal to the product of 1.50 times the
Employee's  "base  amount"  as defined in  Section  280G(b)(3)  of the  Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code")  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.  Said sum shall be paid,  at the option of  Employee,  either (i) in
periodic  payments  over  the  next  36  months  or the  remaining  term of this
Agreement,  whichever  is  less,  as  if  Employee's  employment  had  not  been
terminated,  or  (ii)  in one (1)  lump  sum  within  thirty  (30)  days of such
termination,  and such  payments  shall be in lieu of any other future  payments
which the Employee  would be otherwise  entitled to receive  under  Section 9 of
this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the forgoing,  all sums payable hereunder shall
be  reduced  in such  manner and to such  extent so that no such  payments  made
hereunder when  aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Employee by
the  Bank or the  Parent  shall be  deemed  an  "excess  parachute  payment"  in
accordance  with  Section  280G of the Code and be  subject  to the  excise  tax
provided at Section  4999(a) of the Code. The term "control"  shall refer to the
ownership,  holding  or power to vote  more than 25% of the  Parent's  or Bank's
voting  stock,  the control of the  election  of a majority  of the  Parent's or
Bank's directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over the management
or policies of the Parent or Bank by any person or by persons  acting as a group
within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934. The
term "person" means an individual other than the Employee, or


<PAGE>



a corporation,  partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate,
sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not
specifically listed herein.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  Employee may voluntary  terminate his employment under this Agreement
within  twelve (12) months  following a change in control of the Bank or Parent,
and Employee  shall  thereupon  be entitled to receive the payment  described in
Section  12(a)  of this  Agreement,  upon the  occurrence,  or  within  one year
thereafter,  of any of the following events, which have not been consented to in
advance by the  Employee in writing:  (i) if Employee  would be required to move
his personal  residence or perform his principal  executive  functions more than
thirty-five  (35) miles from the Employee's  primary office as of the signing of
this Agreement;  (ii) if in the organizational  structure of the Bank or Parent,
Employee  would be  required  to report to a person or  persons  other  than the
President  and Board of the Bank or Parent;  (iii) if the Bank or Parent  should
fail to maintain  existing employee  benefits plans,  including  material fringe
benefit,  stock option and retirement  plans; (iv) if Employee would be assigned
duties  and  responsibilities  other  than those  normally  associated  with his
position  as   referenced   at  Section  1,   herein;   or  (v)  if   Employee's
responsibilities  or authority  have in any way been  materially  diminished  or
reduced.

         (c) Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
this  Agreement,  or the breach  thereof,  shall be settled  by  arbitration  in
accordance  with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American
Arbitration  Association  ("AAA")  nearest to the home  office of the Bank,  and
judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction
thereof,  except to the extend  that the parties  may  otherwise  reach a mutual
settlement of such issue. The Bank shall incur the cost of all fees and expenses
associated  with filing a request for  arbitration  with the AAA,  whether  such
filing  is  made on  behalf  of the  Bank or the  Employee,  and the  costs  and
administrative  fees  associated  with  employing  the  arbitrator  and  related
administrative expenses assessed by the AAA.

         13.      Successors and Assigns.

         (a) This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding  upon
any  corporate or other  successor  of the Bank or Parent  which shall  acquire,
directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation,  purchase or otherwise, all or
substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank or Parent.

         (b) Since the Bank is contracting for the unique and personal skills of
the Employee,  the Employee  shall be precluded from assigning or delegating his
rights or duties  hereunder  without first  obtaining the written consent of the
Bank.

         14.  Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be
binding upon the parties hereto unless made in


<PAGE>



writing  and signed by both  parties,  except as herein  otherwise  specifically
provided.

         15.  Applicable  Law. This agreement  shall be governed by all respects
whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the
laws of the State of Kansas,  except to the  extent  that  Federal  law shall be
deemed to apply.

         16.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or
modifications  thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties,  shall constitute
the entire agreement between the parties hereto.










                                  EXHIBIT 10.9
<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
                              --------------------


         THIS  AGREEMENT  entered into this 31 st day of May,  1998  ("Effective
Date"),  by and between  Landmark Federal Savings Bank (the "Bank") and James F.
Strovas (the "Employee").

         WHEREAS,  the  Employee  has  heretofore  been  employed by the Bank as
Senior Vice  President and is  experienced  in all phases of the business of the
Bank; and

         WHEREAS, the parties have previously enter into an Employment Agreement
dated September 30, 1994, as subsequently amended and renewed; and

         WHEREAS, the parties desire by this writing to set forth the continuing
employment relationship of the Bank and the Employee.

         NOW, THEREFORE, it is AGREED as follows:

         1.  Employment.  The Employee is employed in the capacity as the Senior
Vice President of the Bank. The Employee  shall render such  administrative  and
management services to the Bank and Landmark Bancshares,  Inc. ("Parent") as are
currently  rendered and as are  customarily  performed by persons  situated in a
similar executive capacity. The Employee shall also promote, by entertainment or
otherwise,  as and to the extent  permitted by law, the business of the Bank and
Parent.  The Employee's other duties shall be such as the Board of Directors for
the Bank (the "Board of Directors" or "Board") may from time to time  reasonably
direct, including normal duties as an officer of the Bank.

         2. Base  Compensation.  The Bank agrees to pay the Employee  during the
term of this  Agreement  a salary at the rate of $60,000  per annum,  payable in
cash not less  frequently than monthly;  provided,  that the rate of such salary
shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors  not less often than  annually,  and
Employee shall be entitled to receive annually an increase at such percentage or
in such an amount as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may decide at
such time.

         3.  Discretionary  Bonus. The Employee shall be entitled to participate
in an equitable manner with all other senior management employees of the Bank in
discretionary  bonuses  that may be  authorized  and  declared  by the  Board of
Directors  to its  senior  management  employees  from  time to  time.  No other
compensation provided for in this Agreement shall be deemed a substitute for the
Employee's  right  to  participate  in such  discretionary  bonuses  when and as
declared by the Board of Directors.

         4.       (a)      Participation in Retirement and  Medical  Plans.  The
Employee shall be entitled to participate in any plan of the  Bank  relating  to
pension, profit-sharing, or other retirement benefits


<PAGE>



and  medical  coverage  or  reimbursement  plans that the Bank may adopt for the
benefit of its employees.

         (b) Employee  Benefits;  Expenses.  The  Employee  shall be eligible to
participate in any fringe benefits which may be or may become  applicable to the
Bank's senior management employees,  including by example,  participation in any
stock  option or  incentive  plans  adopted by the Board of Directors of Bank or
Parent, club memberships,  a reasonable expense account,  and any other benefits
which are commensurate with the  responsibilities  and functions to be performed
by the Employee under this Agreement.  The Bank shall reimburse Employee for all
reasonable  out-of-pocket expenses which Employee shall incur in connection with
his service for the Bank.

         5. Term. The term of employment of Employee under this Agreement  shall
be for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending twelve (12) months
thereafter  ("Term").  Additionally,  on each annual  anniversary  date from the
Effective  Date, the term of employment  under this Agreement  shall be extended
for an additional one year period beyond the then effective expiration date upon
a determination and resolution of the Board of Directors that the performance of
the Employee has met the  requirements  and standards of the Board, and that the
term of such Agreement shall be extended.

         6.       Loyalty; Noncompetition.

         (a) The  Employee  shall  devote  his full  time and  attention  to the
performance  of  his  employment  under  this  Agreement.  During  the  term  of
Employee's employment under this Agreement, the Employee shall not engage in any
business or activity  contrary to the business  affairs or interests of the Bank
or Parent.

         (b) Nothing contained in this Paragraph 6 shall be deemed to prevent or
limit the right of Employee to invest in the capital  stock or other  securities
of any  business  dissimilar  from that of the Bank or Parent,  or,  solely as a
passive or minority investor, in any business.

         7.  Standards.  The  Employee  shall  perform  his  duties  under  this
Agreement in accordance  with such  reasonable  standards  expected of employees
with comparable positions in comparable  organizations and as may be established
from time to time by the Board of Directors.

         8. Vacation and Sick Leave.  At such  reasonable  times as the Board of
Directors  shall in its  discretion  permit,  the  Employee  shall be  entitled,
without loss of pay, to absent himself  voluntarily  from the performance of his
employment  under this Agreement,  with all such voluntary  absences to count as
vacation time; provided that:



<PAGE>



         (a) The  Employee  shall  be  entitled  to  annual  vacation  leave  in
accordance  with the policies as are  periodically  established  by the Board of
Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.


         (b) The  Employee  shall not be  entitled  to  receive  any  additional
compensation  from the Bank on account of his failure to take vacation leave and
Employee  shall not be entitled to  accumulate  unused  vacation from one fiscal
year to the next, except in either case to the extent authorized by the Board of
Directors for senior management employees of the Bank.

         (c) In addition to the aforesaid paid vacations,  the Employee shall be
entitled without loss of pay, to absent himself voluntarily from the performance
of his employment with the Bank for such additional periods of time and for such
valid and  legitimate  reasons as the Board of Directors in its  discretion  may
determine.  Further,  the Board of  Directors  shall be entitled to grant to the
Employee a leave or leaves of absence  with or without pay at such time or times
and upon such terms and  conditions as the Board of Directors in its  discretion
may determine.

         (d) In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to an annual sick leave
benefit as established by the Board of Directors for senior management employees
of the Bank.  In the event that any sick leave  benefit shall not have been used
during any year, such leave shall accrue to subsequent  years only to the extent
authorized by the Board of Directors for employees of the Bank.

         9.       Termination and Termination Pay.

         The Employee's employment under this Agreement shall be terminated upon
any of the following occurrences:

         (a) The death of the  Employee  during the term of this  Agreement,  in
which event the Employee's  estate shall be entitled to receive the compensation
due the Employee  through the last day of the calendar  month which is three (3)
months after the Employee's death.

         (b) The Board of Directors may terminate the  Employee's  employment at
any time, but any termination by the Board of Directors  other than  termination
for Just Cause,  shall not prejudice the  Employee's  right to  compensation  or
other benefits under the Agreement.  The Employee shall have no right to receive
compensation or other benefits for any period after  termination for Just Cause.
Termination for "Just Cause" shall include termination because of the Employee's
personal dishonesty,  incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty
involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful
violation  of any law,  rule or  regulation  (other than traffic  violations  or
similar  offenses) or final  cease-and-desist  order,  or material breach of any
provision of the Agreement.



<PAGE>



         (c) Except as  provided  pursuant  to  Section 12 herein,  in the event
Employee's  employment  under  this  Agreement  is  terminated  by the  Board of
Directors without Just Cause, the Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay the
Employee  the salary  provided  pursuant to Section 2 herein,  up to the date of
termination  of the term  (including any renewal term) of this Agreement and the
cost of Employee  obtaining all health,  life,  disability,  and other  benefits
which the Employee  would be eligible to  participate in through such date based
upon the benefit levels  substantially equal to those being provided Employee at
the date of termination of employment.

         (d) If the  Employee  is removed  and/or  permanently  prohibited  from
participating  in the  conduct of the Bank's  affairs by an order  issued  under
Sections  8(e)(4) or 8(g)(1) of the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act ("FDIA") (12
U.S.C.  1818(e)(4) and (g)(1)), all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement
shall terminate, as of the effective date of the order, but the vested rights of
the parties shall not be affected.

         (e) If the Bank is in default (as  defined in Section  3(x)(1) of FDIA)
all obligations  under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default,
but this  paragraph  shall not  affect  any  vested  rights  of the  contracting
parties.

         (f) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to
the extent  determined that  continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the
continued  operation  of the Bank:  (i) by the  Director of the Office of Thrift
Supervision  ("Director of OTS"),  or his or her designee,  at the time that the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  ("FDIC")  enters into an  agreement to
provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority  contained in
Section  13(c)  of  FDIA;  or (ii) by the  Director  of the  OTS,  or his or her
designee,  at the time  that the  Director  of the OTS,  or his or her  designee
approves a supervisory  merger to resolve  problems  related to operation of the
Bank or when  the  Bank is  determined  by the  Director  of the OTS to be in an
unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested,
however, shall not be affected by such action.

         (g) The voluntary  termination by the Employee  during the term of this
Agreement  with the delivery of no less than 60 days written notice to the Board
of Directors,  other than pursuant to Section 12(b),  in which case the Employee
shall be entitled  to receive  only the  compensation,  vested  rights,  and all
employee benefits up to the date of such termination.

         (h) Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, any payments made
to the Employee pursuant to the Agreement, or otherwise, shall be subject to and
conditioned   upon  compliance  with  12  USC  ss.1828(k)  and  any  regulations
promulgated thereunder.

         10.  Suspension  of  Employment . If the  Employee is suspended  and/or
temporarily  prohibited from  participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs
by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or


<PAGE>



(g)(1) of the FDIA (12 U.S.C.  1818(e)(3)  and (g)(1)),  the Bank's  obligations
under the Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service,  unless stayed
by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank
shall, (i) pay the Employee all or part of the  compensation  withheld while its
contract  obligations  were suspended and (ii) reinstate any of its  obligations
which were suspended.

         11. Disability.  If the Employee shall become disabled or incapacitated
to the extent  that he is unable to perform his duties  hereunder,  by reason of
medically determinable physical or mental impairment,  as determined by a doctor
engaged by the Board of  Directors,  Employee  shall  nevertheless  continue  to
receive the compensation and benefits which may be payable to Employee under the
provisions of disability  insurance coverage in effect for Bank employees.  Upon
returning to active full-time  employment,  the Employee's full  compensation as
set forth in this Agreement  shall be reinstated as of the date of  commencement
of such activities.  In the event that the Employee returns to active employment
on  other  than a  full-time  basis,  then  his  compensation  (as set  forth in
Paragraph 2 of this Agreement)  shall be reduced in proportion to the time spent
in said employment, or as shall otherwise be agreed to by the parties.

         12.      Change in Control.

         (a) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary,  in the event
of the involuntary termination of Employee's employment under this Agreement, in
connection with or within 18 months after,  any change in control of the Bank or
Parent,  Employee shall be paid an amount equal to the product of 1.50 times the
Employee's  "base  amount"  as defined in  Section  280G(b)(3)  of the  Internal
Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  (the  "Code")  and  regulations  promulgated
thereunder.  Said sum shall be paid,  at the option of  Employee,  either (i) in
periodic  payments  over  the  next  36  months  or the  remaining  term of this
Agreement,  whichever  is  less,  as  if  Employee's  employment  had  not  been
terminated,  or  (ii)  in one (1)  lump  sum  within  thirty  (30)  days of such
termination,  and such  payments  shall be in lieu of any other future  payments
which the Employee  would be otherwise  entitled to receive  under  Section 9 of
this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the forgoing,  all sums payable hereunder shall
be  reduced  in such  manner and to such  extent so that no such  payments  made
hereunder when  aggregated with all other payments to be made to the Employee by
the  Bank or the  Parent  shall be  deemed  an  "excess  parachute  payment"  in
accordance  with  Section  280G of the Code and be  subject  to the  excise  tax
provided at Section  4999(a) of the Code. The term "control"  shall refer to the
ownership,  holding  or power to vote  more than 25% of the  Parent's  or Bank's
voting  stock,  the control of the  election  of a majority  of the  Parent's or
Bank's directors, or the exercise of a controlling influence over the management
or policies of the Parent or Bank by any person or by persons  acting as a group
within the meaning of Section 13(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934. The
term "person" means an individual other than the Employee, or


<PAGE>



a corporation,  partnership, trust, association, joint venture, pool, syndicate,
sole proprietorship, unincorporated organization or any other form of entity not
specifically listed herein.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this  Agreement  to the
contrary,  Employee may voluntary  terminate his employment under this Agreement
within  twelve (12) months  following a change in control of the Bank or Parent,
and Employee  shall  thereupon  be entitled to receive the payment  described in
Section  12(a)  of this  Agreement,  upon the  occurrence,  or  within  one year
thereafter,  of any of the following events, which have not been consented to in
advance by the  Employee in writing:  (i) if Employee  would be required to move
his personal  residence or perform his principal  executive  functions more than
thirty-five  (35) miles from the Employee's  primary office as of the signing of
this Agreement;  (ii) if in the organizational  structure of the Bank or Parent,
Employee  would be  required  to report to a person or  persons  other  than the
President  and Board of the Bank or Parent;  (iii) if the Bank or Parent  should
fail to maintain  existing employee  benefits plans,  including  material fringe
benefit,  stock option and retirement  plans; (iv) if Employee would be assigned
duties  and  responsibilities  other  than those  normally  associated  with his
position  as   referenced   at  Section  1,   herein;   or  (v)  if   Employee's
responsibilities  or authority  have in any way been  materially  diminished  or
reduced.

         (c) Arbitration. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to
this  Agreement,  or the breach  thereof,  shall be settled  by  arbitration  in
accordance  with the rules then in effect of the district office of the American
Arbitration  Association  ("AAA")  nearest to the home  office of the Bank,  and
judgment upon the award rendered may be entered in any court having jurisdiction
thereof,  except to the extend  that the parties  may  otherwise  reach a mutual
settlement of such issue. The Bank shall incur the cost of all fees and expenses
associated  with filing a request for  arbitration  with the AAA,  whether  such
filing  is  made on  behalf  of the  Bank or the  Employee,  and the  costs  and
administrative  fees  associated  with  employing  the  arbitrator  and  related
administrative expenses assessed by the AAA.

         13.      Successors and Assigns.

         (a) This  Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and be binding  upon
any  corporate or other  successor  of the Bank or Parent  which shall  acquire,
directly or indirectly, by merger, consolidation,  purchase or otherwise, all or
substantially all of the assets or stock of the Bank or Parent.

         (b) Since the Bank is contracting for the unique and personal skills of
the Employee,  the Employee  shall be precluded from assigning or delegating his
rights or duties  hereunder  without first  obtaining the written consent of the
Bank.

         14.      Amendments. No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall
be binding upon the parties hereto unless made in


<PAGE>



writing  and signed by both  parties,  except as herein  otherwise  specifically
provided.

         15.  Applicable  Law. This agreement  shall be governed by all respects
whether as to validity, construction, capacity, performance or otherwise, by the
laws of the State of Kansas,  except to the  extent  that  Federal  law shall be
deemed to apply.

         16.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

         17. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or
modifications  thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties,  shall constitute
the entire agreement between the parties hereto.








                                 EXHIBIT 10.10
<PAGE>

                            LANDMARK BANCSHARES, INC.

                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                             ----------------------



         This  Agreement  constitutes  the award of STOCK OPTIONS for a total of
2,053 shares of Common Stock, par value $.10 per share, of Landmark  Bancshares,
Inc. (the  "Corporation"),  to Richard A. Ball (the "Participant") on such terms
and conditions as are set forth hereinafter.

     1. Definitions. As used herein, the following definitions shall apply.

     "Award" means the grant by the Board of the  Corporation  of a Stock Option
as detailed hereinafter.

     "Bank"  shall  mean  Landmark  Federal  Savings  Bank,  or any  predecessor
corporation thereto.

     "Board"  shall  mean the  Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation,  or any
successor or parent corporation thereto.

     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     "Committee" shall mean the Board or the Stock Option Committee which may be
appointed by the Board from time to time.

     "Common Stock" shall mean common stock,  par value $0.10 per share,  of the
Corporation, or any successor or parent corporation thereto.

     "Corporation" shall mean Landmark Bancshares,  Inc., the parent corporation
for the Bank, or any predecessor or Parent thereof.

     "Director"  shall  mean a member  of the Board of the  Corporation,  or any
successor or parent corporation thereto.

     "Director  Emeritus"  shall mean a person  serving as a director  emeritus,
advisory  director,  consulting  director  or other  similar  position as may be
appointed by the Board of Directors of the Bank or the Corporation  from time to
time.

     "Disability"  means any  physical or mental  impairment  which  renders the
Participant  incapable of continuing in the employment or service of the Bank or
the Parent in his then current capacity as determined by the Committee.

     "Date of Grant" shall mean January 15, 1998.


                                       A-1

<PAGE>



     "Employee"  shall mean a person  employed by the Corporation or any present
or future Parent or Subsidiary of the Corporation.

     "Fair Market Value" shall mean: (i) if the Common Stock is traded otherwise
than on a national  securities  exchange,  then the Fair Market  Value per Share
shall be equal to the mean  between  the last bid and ask  price of such  Common
Stock on such date or, if there is no bid and ask  price on said  date,  then on
the immediately prior business day on which there was a bid and ask price. If no
such  bid and ask  price is  available,  then the  Fair  Market  Value  shall be
determined by the Committee in good faith; or (ii) if the Common Stock is listed
on a national securities exchange, then the Fair Market Value per Share shall be
not less than the average of the highest and lowest selling price of such Common
Stock on such  exchange  on such  date,  or if there were no sales on said date,
then the Fair Market  Value shall be not less than the mean between the last bid
and ask price on such date.

     "Option" or "Stock Option" shall mean an option to purchase  Shares awarded
herein which option is not intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

     "Optioned  Stock"  shall mean  Common  Stock  subject to an Option  granted
pursuant to the Agreement.

     "Parent"  shall mean any  present or future  corporation  which  would be a
"parent corporation" as defined in Subsections 424(e) and (g) of the Code.

     "Participant" means Richard A. Ball.

     "Share" shall mean one share of Common Stock.

     "Subsidiary"  shall mean any present or future corporation which would be a
"subsidiary corporation" as defined in Subsections 424(f) and (g) of the Code.

     2.  Option  Price.  The Option  exercise  price is $23.625  for each Share,
representing  100% of the Fair Market  Value of the Common  Stock on the Date of
Grant as determined by the Board of the Corporation.

     3. Exerciseability of Options.

          (a) Schedule of Exercise. This Option shall be immediately exercisable
     as of the Date of Grant for a period of not more that ten years thereafter,
     as noted herein.

          (b) Method of Exercise.  This Option shall be exercisable by a written
     notice which shall:

                             (i) State the election to exercise the Option,  the
         number of  Shares  with  respect  to which it is being  exercised,  the
         person in whose name the stock  certificate  or  certificates  for such
         Shares of Common  Stock is to be  registered,  his  address  and Social
         Security  Number (or if more than one, the names,  addresses and Social
         Security Numbers of such persons);


                                       A-2

<PAGE>



                            (ii) Contain such  representations and agreements as
         to the  Participant's  investment intent with respect to such shares of
         Common Stock as may be satisfactory to the Corporation's counsel;

                           (iii) Be signed by the person or persons  entitled to
         exercise the Option and, if the Option is being exercised by any person
         or  persons  other  than the  Participant,  be  accompanied  by  proof,
         satisfactory  to  counsel  for the  Corporation,  of the  right of such
         person or persons to exercise the Option; and

                            (iv) Be in  writing  and  delivered  in person or by
         certified mail to the Treasurer of the Corporation.

         Payment of the  purchase  price of any Shares with respect to which the
Option is being  exercised  shall be by certified or bank  cashier's or teller's
check.  The certificate or  certificates  for shares of Common Stock as to which
the Option shall be exercised  shall be  registered in the name of the person or
persons exercising the Option.

                  (c) Restrictions on Exercise. This Option may not be exercised
if the issuance of the Shares upon such exercise would constitute a violation of
any applicable federal or state securities or other law or valid regulation.  As
a condition to the  Participant's  exercise of this Option,  the Corporation may
require  the  person  exercising  this  Option  to make any  representation  and
warranty  to the  Corporation  as  may be  required  by  any  applicable  law or
regulation.

     4. Non-transferability of Option. This Option may not be transferred in any
manner  otherwise than by will or the laws of descent or distribution and may be
exercised during the lifetime of the Participant  only by the  Participant.  The
terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, heirs,
successors and assigns of the Participant.

     5. Six Month Holding Period.  A total of six months must elapse between the
Date of Grant of an  Option  and the date of the sale of Common  Stock  received
through the exercise of an Option.

     6. Recapitalization,  Merger, Consolidation,  Change in Control and Similar
Transactions.

                  (a)  Adjustment.   Subject  to  any  required  action  by  the
stockholders  of the  Corporation,  within the sole discretion of the Committee,
the aggregate  number of Shares of Common Stock for which Options may be granted
hereunder,  the number of Shares of Common  Stock  covered  by each  outstanding
Option,  and the  exercise  price per Share of Common Stock of each such Option,
shall all be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number
of issued and outstanding Shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or
consolidation   of  Shares   (whether   by  reason  of  merger,   consolidation,
recapitalization,   reclassification,   split-up,   combination  of  shares,  or
otherwise) or the payment of a stock  dividend (but only on the Common Stock) or
any other  increase or  decrease  in the number of such  Shares of Common  Stock
effected  without the receipt of  consideration  by the Corporation  (other than
Shares held by dissenting stockholders).

                  (b)  Change  in  Control.  In the  event of such a  change  in
control or imminent change in control,  the Participant shall, at the discretion
of the  Committee,  be entitled to receive  cash in an amount  equal to the fair
market value of the Common Stock subject to any Stock Option over the Option

                                       A-3

<PAGE>



Price of such  Shares,  in exchange  for the  surrender  of such  Options by the
Participant on that date in the event of a change in control or imminent  change
in  control  of the  Corporation.  For  purposes  of the  Agreement,  "change in
control" shall mean: (i) the execution of an agreement for the sale of all, or a
material  portion,  of the assets of the  Corporation;  (ii) the execution of an
agreement for a merger or  recapitalization  of the Corporation or any merger or
recapitalization  whereby the Corporation is not the surviving  entity;  (iii) a
change of control of the Corporation,  as otherwise defined or determined by the
Office of  Thrift  Supervision  or  regulations  promulgated  by it; or (iv) the
acquisition,  directly or indirectly,  of the beneficial  ownership  (within the
meaning of that term as it is used in Section 13(d) of the  Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) of twenty-five
percent (25%) or more of the outstanding voting securities of the Corporation by
any  person,  trust,  entity or group.  This  limitation  shall not apply to the
purchase  of shares by  underwriters  in  connection  with a public  offering of
Corporation  stock,  or the  purchase  of  shares  of up to 25% of any  class of
securities of the  Corporation  by a  tax-qualified  employee stock benefit plan
which is  exempt  from the  approval  requirements,  set  forth  under 12 C.F.R.
ss.574.3(c)(1)(vi)  as now in effect or as may  hereafter  be amended.  The term
"person"  refers  to  an  individual  or  a  corporation,   partnership,  trust,
association, joint venture, pool, syndicate, sole proprietorship, unincorporated
organization  or any other form of entity not  specifically  listed herein.  For
purposes of the Agreement, "imminent change in control" shall refer to any offer
or announcement, oral or written, by any person or persons acting as a group, to
acquire control of the Corporation.  The decision of the Committee as to whether
a change  in  control  or  imminent  change in  control  has  occurred  shall be
conclusive and binding.

                  (c) Extraordinary  Corporate  Action.  Subject to any required
action by the  stockholders  of the  Corporation,  in the event of any change in
control, recapitalization,  merger, consolidation, exchange of Shares, spin-off,
reorganization,   tender  offer,   partial  or  complete  liquidation  or  other
extraordinary  corporate action or event, the Committee, in its sole discretion,
shall have the power, prior or subsequent to such action or event to:

     (i)  appropriately  adjust the number of Shares of Common Stock  subject to
each Option, the exercise price per Share of Common Stock, and the consideration
to be given or received by the Corporation  upon the exercise of any outstanding
Option;

     (ii)  cancel  any  or  all  previously   granted  Options,   provided  that
appropriate  consideration  is paid to the Participant in connection  therewith;
and/or

     (iii) make such other  adjustments in connection  with the Agreement as the
Committee, in its sole discretion,  deems necessary,  desirable,  appropriate or
advisable.

         7.       Related Matters. 

                  (a)  Payment.  Full  payment  for each  Share of Common  Stock
purchased  upon the exercise of any Stock Option granted herein shall be made at
the time of  exercise  of each such  Stock  Option and shall be paid in cash (in
United States Dollars),  Common Stock or a combination of cash and Common Stock.
Common Stock utilized in full or partial  payment of the exercise price shall be
valued at its fair market value at the date of exercise.  The Corporation  shall
accept full or partial  payment in Common Stock only to the extent  permitted by
applicable  law. No Shares of Common  Stock shall be issued  until full  payment
therefor has been received by the Corporation, and no Participant shall have any
of the rights of a stockholder of the  Corporation  until Shares of Common Stock
are issued to him.


                                       A-4

<PAGE>



                  (b)  Cashless  Exercise.  A  Participant  who has held a Stock
Option  for at least six months may  engage in the  "cashless  exercise"  of the
Option.  In a cashless  exercise,  a Participant  gives the Corporation  written
notice of the  exercise  of the Option  together  with an order to a  registered
broker-dealer  or  equivalent  third party,  to sell part or all of the Optioned
Stock and to deliver enough of the proceeds to the Corporation to pay the Option
price and any applicable withholding taxes. If the Participant does not sell the
Optioned Stock through a registered  broker-dealer or equivalent third party, he
can give the  Corporation  written  notice of the exercise of the Option and the
third party  purchaser of the Optioned Stock shall pay the Option price plus any
applicable withholding taxes to the Corporation.

                  (c) Transferability.  Any Stock Option granted pursuant to the
Agreement  shall  be  exercised  during  a  Participant's  lifetime  only by the
Participant  to whom it was granted and shall not be assignable or  transferable
otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

                  (d) Effect of Termination  of Employment or Service.  Upon the
termination of an  Participant's  employment or service with the  Corporation or
the Bank as a Director,  Director  Emeritus or  Employee,  the  Participant  may
continue  to exercise  such  Options for a period of six months from the date of
termination of employment or service by the Participant,  but not later than the
date on which the Option  would  otherwise  expire.  Such  Options of a deceased
Participant may be exercised within two years from the date of his or her death,
but not later than the date on which the Option would otherwise expire.

                  (e)  Change  in  Applicable  Law.  Notwithstanding  any  other
provision contained in the Agreement, in the event of a change in any federal or
state law,  rule or  regulation  which would make the exercise of all or part of
any previously  granted Stock Option  unlawful or subject the Corporation to any
penalty, the Committee may restrict any such exercise without the consent of the
Participant  or other holder  thereof in order to comply with any such law, rule
or regulation or to avoid any such penalty.

                  (f)  Conditions  Upon Issuance of Shares.  Shares shall not be
issued  with  respect  to any  Option  granted  under the  Agreement  unless the
issuance and  delivery of such Shares shall comply with all relevant  provisions
of law, including,  without limitation,  the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated   thereunder,   any  applicable  state
securities law and the  requirements of any stock exchange upon which the Shares
may then be listed.

         The inability of the  Corporation to obtain from any regulatory body or
authority  deemed by the  Corporation's  counsel to be  necessary  to the lawful
issuance and sale of any Shares  hereunder  shall relieve the Corporation of any
liability in respect of the non-issuance or sale of such Shares.

         As a  condition  to the  exercise  of an Option,  the  Corporation  may
require  the  person  exercising  the  Option to make such  representations  and
warranties as may be necessary to assure the  availability  of an exemption from
the registration requirements of federal or state securities law.

                  (g) Withholding  Tax. The Corporation  shall have the right to
deduct from all amounts paid in cash with  respect to the  cashless  exercise of
Options  under the  Agreement  any taxes  required  by law to be  withheld  with
respect to such cash  payments.  Where a Participant or other person is entitled
to  receive  Shares  pursuant  to the  exercise  of an  Option  pursuant  to the
Agreement,  the  Corporation  shall have the right to require the Participant or
such  other  person to pay the  Corporation  the  amount of any taxes  which the
Corporation is required to withhold with respect to such Shares, or,

                                       A-5

<PAGE>



in lieu thereof,  to retain,  or to sell without notice, a number of such Shares
sufficient to cover the amount required to be withheld.

                  (h)  Governing  Law.  The  Agreement  shall be governed by and
construed  in  accordance  with the laws of the State of  Kansas,  except to the
extent that federal law shall be deemed to apply.

                  (i)   Administration.   All  decisions,   determinations   and
interpretations  of the Committee  shall be final and  conclusive on all persons
affected thereby.

         8. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon any corporate or other successor of the Bank or Parent which
shall acquire,  directly or indirectly,  by merger,  consolidation,  purchase or
otherwise,  all or  substantially  all of the  assets  or  stock  of the Bank or
Parent.

         9.  Amendments.  No amendments or additions to this Agreement  shall be
binding  upon the  parties  hereto  unless  made in  writing  and signed by both
parties, except as herein otherwise specifically provided.

         10.  Severability.  The  provisions of this  Agreement  shall be deemed
severable and the  invalidity  or  unenforceability  of any provision  shall not
affect the validity or enforceablitiy of the other provisions hereof.

         11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with any understanding or
modifications  thereof as agreed to in writing by the parties,  shall constitute
the entire agreement between the parties hereto.


                                       A-6







                                   EXHIBIT 13
<PAGE>


                           Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CONTENTS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



Message to our Stockholders ...........................................1


Corporate Profile and Stock Price Information .........................3


Five-Year Financial Summary ...........................................4


Management's Discussion and Analysis ..................................6


Report of Independent Accountants ...................................F-1


Consolidated Financial Statements ...................................F-2


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ..........................F-7


Corporate Information ................................................20



<PAGE>


MESSAGE TO OUR STOCKHOLDERS:

I am pleased to report to you fiscal year 1998  progress,  accomplishments,  and
the financial condition of Landmark Bancshares,  Inc. in this, our fifth, annual
report since becoming a public company in March 1994.

As we approach the new  millenium,  we continue to become more  bank-like in the
way we operate our wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Landmark Federal Savings Bank, and
the services we offer our customers. Over the past twelve months, our commercial
loan  department  has become fully  operational  and a new full  service  branch
facility  with three  drive  through  lanes and a drive up ATM has been  opened.
Furthermore,  24 hour ATMs were  installed  at our Great  Bend and  Garden  City
offices in the spring,  and we have begun to offer  CheckCards  to our  customer
base.

The core  business  during  fiscal  year  1998  continued  to focus on  mortgage
lending.  Loans  receivable and loans held for sale increased  $16.57 million or
10.48%,  to $174.73  million  at  September  30,  1998 from  $158.16  million at
September 30, 1997.  This increase is a result of a larger number of residential
mortgage loans,  attributable  to our new Kansas City  origination  office,  our
mortgage broker program, rural development loans, and the efforts of our lending
personnel  to dominate  the markets in which we offer our  products.  As we move
forward, we will continue to provide home financing to our communities, focusing
on prudent  underwriting  standards that will result in a high quality  mortgage
loan portfolio with moderate risk. To a lesser extent but no less important, was
the  growth in  consumer  loans,  new auto  leasing  loans,  and small  business
lending.

Our core  business  in fiscal  1998  included  significant  growth  in  deposits
attributable  to aggressive  bidding for municipal  funds and excellent  service
provided  by  our  customer  service  representatives  to  our  savers.  Deposit
liabilities  increased  $10.05 million to $154.79 million at September 30, 1998,
from $144.74 million at September 30, 1997.

Net earnings for the year was $2.36  million or $1.56 basic  earnings per share,
compared to $1.52 basic earnings per share in fiscal 1997.

Total assets decreased  slightly to $225.37 million from $227.85 million for the
year prior, due mainly to reducing investment  securities  held-to-maturity  and
mortgage  backed  securities,  which was partially  offset by the increased loan
receivables.  It has been the strategy of the Board of Directors and  Management
to grow the loan portfolio, which has a higher yield to the Bank than investment
and mortgage-backed securities.

The Board of Directors and the management have  established a formal process for
the  implementation of a plan to evaluate and correct the problems that the year
2000,  commonly  known as Y2K,  could  cause the  Company's  critical  automated
systems. A committee known as

                                       -1-
<PAGE>

Vision 2000, made up of officers and supervisory personnel of the Bank, have met
regularly  over the past year to address such matters.  Management is continuing
to work closely with its main data processor, as well as other vendors,  service
providers,  and regulators to accomplish its goal of a smooth  transition to the
year 2000.

The  Board  of  Directors  continued  their  policy  of  paying  quarterly  cash
dividends,  and in fact,  increased  the dividend from $0.10 per share in May to
$0.15 per share in August.  A special $0.10 dividend was declared at the regular
January 1998 board meeting.

Stock  repurchases  are another  element of our  shareholder  value  enhancement
strategy.  Due to the recent downturn in bank and thrift stocks, the Corporation
was able to buy back 212,429  shares of stock within a thirty-day  period ending
September 30, 1998.  At fiscal year end a total of 953,378  shares or 41% of the
original shares issued had been repurchased.

On behalf of the Board of Directors, I wish to thank our stockholders, customers
and dedicated staff for your continued support of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

Personal Regards, 

/s/Larry Schugart
- -------------------------------------
Larry Schugart
President and 
Chief Executive Officer


                                       -2-
<PAGE>
================================================================================
Corporate Profile and Related Information

Landmark  Bancshares,  Inc. (the  "Company") is the parent  company for Landmark
Federal  Savings  Bank  (the  "Bank").  The  Company  was  formed  as  a  Kansas
corporation in November 1993 at the direction of the Bank in connection with the
Bank's  conversion from a mutual to stock form of ownership (the  "Conversion").
The  Company  acquired  all of the  capital  stock that the Bank issued upon its
conversion.  On March 28, 1994,  the Bank completed its conversion in connection
with a $22.8 million initial public  offering.  The Company is a unitary savings
and loan holding company which, under existing laws, generally is not restricted
in the types of business  activities  in which it may engage  provided  that the
Bank retains a specified amount of its assets in housing-related investments. At
the present time,  since the Company does not conduct any active  business,  the
Company does not intend to employ any persons  other than  officers but utilizes
the support staff and facilities of the Bank from time to time.

Landmark  Federal  Savings  Bank is a federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank
headquartered in Dodge City, Kansas. The Bank was founded in 1920 with a charter
from Kansas  under the name of "Dodge City Savings and Loan  Association"  which
later became a federal  association under the name of "First Federal Savings and
Loan of Dodge City." First  Federal  Savings and Loan of Dodge City became known
as "Landmark  Federal  Savings  Association" in 1983 when it changed its name at
the time it merged with Peoples Savings and Loan of Sterling, Kansas. The Bank's
deposits have been federally insured since 1943 and are currently insured by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") under the Savings Association
Insurance Fund (the "SAIF"). The Bank conducts its business from its main office
in Dodge City,  Kansas and five branch offices located in Barton,  Finney,  Ford
and Rush Counties in Kansas. The Bank also has a loan origination office located
in Overland Park, Kansas.

Stock Market Information

There were 1,327,934  shares (net of treasury stock) of common stock of Landmark
Bancshares,  Inc.  outstanding on September 30, 1998, held by approximately  263
stockholders of record (not including the number of persons or entities  holding
the stock in nominee or street name through various brokerage firms).  Since its
issuance in March 1994, the Company's common stock has been traded on the Nasdaq
National  Market.  The daily stock  quotation for Landmark  Bancshares,  Inc. is
listed in the  Nasdaq  National  Market  section  published  in The Wall  Street
Journal and other leading  newspapers  under the trading  symbol of "LARK".  The
following table reflects stock price  information based on sales as published by
the Nasdaq National Market  statistical report for each quarter for fiscal years
1998 and 1997.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Year Ended September 30,
                              -------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1998                                 1997
                              -----------------------------  ------------------------------

                                  HIGH            LOW            HIGH             LOW
                              -------------- --------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>
First Quarter                        26 1/2         23             18 3/4           16
Second Quarter                       26             22             20               18
Third Quarter                        29 1/4         24 3/4         20 1/8           18 3/4
Fourth Quarter                       26 4/5         20 1/4         27 5/8           20 1/4

</TABLE>

The following  table sets forth,  for each quarter the dividends paid or payable
on the common stock for the  indicated  fiscal years  ending  September  30. The
Company's ability to pay dividends to shareholders is largely dependent upon the
dividends  it  receives  from  the  Bank.  The  Bank is  subject  to  regulatory
limitations on the amount of cash dividends it may pay.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         Year Ended September 30,
                           -----------------------------------------------
Dividends per share                    1998                    1997
                           ----------------------   ----------------------
<S>                               <C>                         <C>  
First Quarter                     $0.10                       $0.10
Second Quarter                     0.20                        0.10
Third Quarter                      0.15                        0.10
Fourth Quarter                     0.15                        0.10
</TABLE>

On October 21,  1998 the Board of  Directors  declared a  quarterly  dividend of
$0.15 per share to shareholders of record on November 2, 1998.

                                       -3-
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY
Selected Financial Condition Data (Dollars in Thousands)
==============================================================================================================================  
At September 30,                                 1998             1997              1996             1995              1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                          <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>     
Total assets                                   $225,368         $227,850          $213,734         $208,632          $188,727
Loans receivable, net (1)                       174,733          158,163           129,903           98,934            71,253
Investments held-to-maturity                     11,575           18,838            29,399           34,825            39,922
Investments available-for-sale                    9,221            7,123             4,138            1,693             1,743
Mortgaged-backed securities               
   held-to-maturity                              21,724           36,690            45,877           68,207            70,470
Cash and cash equivalents                         2,844            2,741               474              462             1,061
Deposits                                        154,793          144,735           143,815          144,957           136,858
FHLB borrowings                                  41,700           46,200            33,467           25,533            13,580
Stockholders' equity                             25,024           32,245            32,389           34,667            36,606
</TABLE>                        

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Summary of Operations (Dollars in Thousands)
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Year Ended September 30,                           1998             1997              1996             1995              1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>    
Interest income                                 $17,207          $16,695           $14,575          $13,652           $10,671
Interest expense                                 10,216            9,768             8,678            8,224             5,917
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Net interest income                             6,991            6,927             5,897            5,428             4,754
Provision for loan losses                           265              308               135                9               (85)
Provision for losses on corporate
  securities and municipal obligations                0                0                 0                0              (128)
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  Net interest income after provision
   for losses on loans and investments            6,726            6,619             5,762            5,419             4,967
Non-interest income                               1,226            1,026               745              684               450
Non-interest expense (2)                          4,134            3,581             4,323            3,315             2,907
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Income before income taxes                        3,818            4,064             2,184            2,788             2,510
Provision for income taxes                        1,454            1,550               780            1,025               926
                                            ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net income                                       $2,364           $2,514            $1,404           $1,763            $1,584
                                            ==================================================================================

Basic earnings per share (3)                      $1.56            $1.52             $0.78            $0.87             $0.42
                                            ==================================================================================
Diluted earnings per share (3)                    $1.42            $1.42             $0.74            $0.85             $0.42
                                            ==================================================================================
Dividends per share (3)                           $0.60            $0.40             $0.40            $0.75             $0.05
                                            ==================================================================================
Book value per common share
   outstanding at September 30                   $18.84           $19.10            $17.48           $16.62            $16.05
                                            ==================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  Includes loans held for sale totaling $2,409,  $490, $1,890,  $317 and $611
     at September 30, 1998, 1997, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
(2)  Includes  one-time  SAIF  special  assessment  of $973 for the  year  ended
     September 30, 1996.
(3)  For  periods  following  conversion  from mutual to stock on March 28, 1994
     (1994 - March 28 through September 30).


                                       -4-
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY
Selected Ratios and Other Data
=====================================================================================================================
At or For the Year Ended September 30,                  1998        1997          1996         1995          1994
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>   
Return on average assets                                1.03  %     1.12  %       0.70  %      0.88  %       0.90  %
Return on average equity                                7.52        7.79          4.14         4.92          6.06
Average equity to average assets                       13.71       14.44         17.00        17.88         14.93
Equity to assets at period end                         11.10       14.15         15.15        16.62         19.40
Net interest spread                                     2.41        2.41          2.11         1.88          2.18
Net yield on average interest-earning assets            3.12        3.16          3.01         2.76          2.77
Non-performing assets to total assets                   0.34        0.30          0.15         0.22          0.22
Non-performing loans to net loans                       0.39        0.27          0.24         0.39          0.29
Allowance for loan losses to total loans                0.65        0.61          0.57         0.65          0.87
Dividend payout                                        39.31       26.95         53.58        90.93         13.02
Number of:
  Loans outstanding                                    6,741       6,210         5,439        4,561         3,859
  Deposit accounts                                    12,878      12,888        13,443       13,731        12,582
  Full service offices                                     6           5             5            5             5
</TABLE>



                            [FOUR GRAPHICS OMITTED]

                                       -5-
<PAGE>


================================================================================

Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

The  following  is a  discussion  of the  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations of the Company and its subsidiary, Landmark Federal Savings Bank (the
"Bank"),  and should be read in conjunction with the  accompanying  Consolidated
Financial Statements.

General

The Bank is primarily  engaged in the business of  attracting  deposits from the
general public and using those deposits, together with other funds, to originate
mortgage  loans for the  purchase  and  refinancing  of  residential  properties
located in central and southwestern  Kansas.  In addition,  the Bank also offers
and purchases loans through correspondent lending relationships in Kansas and in
other  states.  The Bank also makes  commercial,  automobile,  second  mortgage,
equity and deposit loans. The Bank's market has historically  provided an excess
of savings  deposits over loan demand.  Accordingly,  in addition to originating
loans in its  market  the Bank also  purchases  mortgage-backed  securities  and
investment securities.

The Company's  operations,  as with those of the entire  banking  industry,  are
significantly affected by prevailing economic conditions,  competition,  and the
monetary and fiscal policies of governmental  agencies.  Lending  activities are
influenced by the demand for loans,  competition  among lenders,  the prevailing
market  rates  of  interest,   primarily  on  competing   investments,   account
maturities, and the levels of personal income and savings in the market area.

The earnings of the Bank depend  primarily on its level of net interest  income,
which is the difference between interest income and interest expense. The Bank's
net  interest  income  is a  function  of its  interest  rate  spread,  which is
determined   by  the   difference   between   rates  of   interest   earned   on
interest-earning   assets,  and  rates  of  interest  paid  on  interest-bearing
liabilities.  The Bank's  earnings are also affected by its provision for losses
on loans, as well as the amount of non-interest income and non-interest expense,
such as compensation and related expenses,  occupancy  expense,  data processing
costs and income taxes.

The Company's  strategy for growth emphasizes both internal and external growth.
Operations focus on increasing  deposits,  making loans and providing  customers
with a high  level  of  customer  service.  As part of the  Bank's  emphasis  on
external growth,  the Bank has expanded its operations  within its market areas.
During  fiscal  1998,  the Bank opened a branch  office in Dodge City and a loan
origination  office in the Kansas City area. As part of the Bank's  strategy for
internal  growth,  during  fiscal 1997 the Bank  established  a commercial  loan
department and has been active in increasing its commercial lending market.

This management's  discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of
operations contains or incorporates by reference forward-looking statements that
involve  inherent risks and  uncertainties.  The Company cautions readers that a
number of important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from
those in the forward-looking  statements.  Those factors include fluctuations in
interest rates, inflation, government regulations, economic conditions, adequacy
of allowance  for loan losses,  the costs or  difficulties  associated  with the
resolution  of Year 2000 issues on computer  systems  greater than  anticipated,
technology changes and competition in the geographic and business areas in which
the Company conducts its operations.  These statements are based on management's
current  expectations.  Actual  results in future  periods may differ from those
currently  expected  because  of changes in the  factors  referred  to above and
various risks and uncertainties. 

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

Financial Condition

Consolidated  total assets  decreased  1.09% from  $227,850,154 at September 30,
1997 to  $225,368,013  at September 30, 1998. This slight decrease is the result
of the continued maturity of investment and  mortgage-backed  securities held to
maturity.  The  proceeds  from these  maturities  in addition to the increase in
deposits were used to increase the loan portfolio and purchase treasury stock.

Loans receivable:
Net loans receivable  held-for-investment  increased  $14,651,651 or 9.29%, from
$157,672,603  at September 30, 1997 to  $172,324,254 at September 30, 1998. This
growth in the loan portfolio is attributed to increased  lending  throughout the
year  resulting from the first full year with a commercial  loan  department and
the  addition  of a  loan  origination  branch  in the  Kansas  City  area.  The
commercial  loan department was started during the fourth quarter of fiscal year
1997.  Commercial  loans,  including  commercial  real  estate,  have  increased
$6,799,246 from $6,716,345 at September 30, 1997 to $13,515,591 at September 30,
1998. The bank opened a loan origination  office in Overland Park, Kansas during
the first  quarter of fiscal 1998.  At September 30, 1998 the Kansas City office
had a loan portfolio balance of $6,692,213.  The increase also resulted from the
purchase of $17,885,608  in mortgage loan packages  during fiscal year 1998. The
Bank continues to increase its investment in purchased loans in order to enhance
yield on investable  funds during periods when such amounts exceeded loan demand
in  the  Bank's  primary  lending  area.  Loans   held-for-sale  also  increased
$1,918,455,  or 391.33%,  from  $490,234 at September  30, 1997 to $2,408,689 at
September 30, 1998.  This  continued  increase in the Bank's loan  portfolio has
resulted in a 145.23% increase in total loans during the last five years.

The Bank had impaired  loans of $505,547 and $371,769 at September  30, 1998 and
1997, respectively. A loan is impaired when, based on management's evaluation of
current and historical  information and events,  it is probable that all amounts
due  according  to the  contractual  terms  of the  loan  agreement  will not be
collected.  Loans that are  classified  as  impaired  are  typically  collateral
dependent;  therefore,  impairment is measured  based upon the fair value of the
collateral less estimated costs to sell.  Impairment is recognized by creating a
valuation allowance with a corresponding charge to provision for loss on loans.

Management,  as part of the monitoring and evaluation of  non-performing  loans,
classifies loans and repossessed assets in accordance with regulatory provisions
s loss,  doubtful or substandard.  Total assets  classified as of September 30,
1998 and 1997, amounted to $1,171,000 and $1,328,000,  respectively. Those loans
classified that are not recognized as impaired include loans which are currently
past due 90 days or more or have a past  history  of  delinquency.  The level of
classified loans has continued to remain  consistently low primarily as a result
of improving  economic  conditions and real estate values. At September 30, 1998
the Bank's ratio of total  non-performing  assets to total assets was 0.34%, far
lower than the industry  average.  The Bank will  continue  with its  aggressive
collection policies to keep non-performing assets to a minimum, but no assurance
can be given that  negotiations  with  borrowers will continue to be successful.
Classified  loans have been  considered by  management in the  evaluation of the
adequacy of the  allowance  for loan loss.  Management  is unaware of any trends
which it reasonably  expects will materially  impact future  operating  results,
liquidity, or capital resources.

Investment securities:
Investment securities  held-to-maturity decreased $7,262,509 from $18,837,942 at
September  30, 1997 to  $11,575,433  at September  30, 1998.  This  decrease was
directly  related to the  increase in the loan  portfolio  discussed  above,  as
securities  matured or were  called,  excess  funds were used to  originate  and
purchase loans.  Excess funds were also used to purchase the Company's  treasury
stock.   Investment   securities   available-for-sale   at  September  30,  1998
experienced an increase of $2,098,125  from  $7,122,785 at September 30, 1997 to
$9,220,910  at September  30, 1998 as a result of continued  purchases of equity
securities by the Company.


                                      -7-

<PAGE>

Mortgage-backed securities:
Mortgage-backed  securities decreased $14,965,796 or 40.79%, from $36,689,551 at
September 30, 1997 to  $21,723,755  at September  30, 1998.  The Company did not
have any mortgage-backed securities  available-for-sale at September 30, 1998 or
1997.  Mortgage-backed securities also decreased due to funds from repayments on
mortgage-backed  securities  being used to fund the increase in loans receivable
and repurchase  treasury stock. The Company did not acquire any  mortgage-backed
securities  during the years  ended  September  30,  1998 or 1997.  The yield on
mortgage-backed  securities at September 30, 1998 was 6.77%  compared to a yield
on investment securities of 5.33%.

Foreclosed assets:
The balance in foreclosed  assets at September 30, 1998 and 1997 was $70,939 and
$251,950,  respectively.  The September  30, 1998 balance in  foreclosed  assets
consisted of one single-family residence and three repossessed automobiles. This
foreclosed  asset  balance  continues  to  be  substantially   lower  than  that
experienced by the Bank in prior years.

Deposits:
Deposits  increased  $10,058,177,  or 6.95%,  from $144,734,739 at September 30,
1997 to $154,792,916 at September 30, 1998. This increase  relates  primarily to
the increase in jumbo certificates of deposit of $10,507,180 from $11,174,463 at
September 30, 1997 to  $21,681,643  at September 30, 1998. The increase in jumbo
certificates of deposit relates to the Bank's focus during the year on obtaining
municipal  funds.  The Bank  continues  to offer  rates  competitive  with other
financial  institutions  in the  area.  The  average  cost  on  demand  deposits
decreased  12 basis  points  from 3.22% for fiscal year 1997 to 3.10% for fiscal
year 1998.  This was offset by an increase  in the  average  cost on savings and
certificates  of deposit of 11 basis  points  from 5.32% for fiscal year 1997 to
5.43% for fiscal year 1998. The increase in the cost of savings and certificates
of deposit  is the  result of an  increase  in the  volume of both  savings  and
certificate  of deposit  accounts  in  addition  to an  increase  in rates.  The
rate/volume  analysis  table reflects an increase of $218,000 due to the changes
in volume and an increase of $137,000  due to changes in the rate of savings and
certificate of deposit accounts.

Of the $127,485,196 in certificates of deposit held by the Bank at September 30,
1998,  $88,891,755 of these deposits will mature during the year ended September
30, 1999. The majority of the Bank's time deposits  consist of regular  deposits
from customers and institutional investors from the Bank's surrounding community
rather than brokered deposit accounts. As a result, most of these local accounts
are expected to be renewed.

Advances and other borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank:
The Bank has  continued  to utilize  advances  from the  Federal  Home Loan Bank
("FHLB")  as a source  of  funds.  Fixed  term  advances  from the FHLB  totaled
$33,700,000  and $36,200,000 at September 30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  The
Bank  also has a line of  credit  with  the  FHLB.  The Bank had an  outstanding
balance  of  $8,000,000  and   $10,000,000  at  September  30,  1998  and  1997,
respectively. The funds provided by these borrowings were used primarily to fund
lending  activity  throughout  the  year.  The  weighted  average  cost of these
borrowings  from the FHLB was 5.60% and 6.16% as of September 30, 1998 and 1997,
respectively.  Of the advances and other borrowings outstanding at September 30,
1998, $26,700,000 mature during the year ended September 30, 1999.

Stockholders' equity: 
Stockholders'  equity  decreased  $7,221,563,  or 22.40%,  from  $32,245,330  at
September  30, 1997 to  $25,023,767  at September  30, 1998. As of September 30,
1998 the Company has  repurchased  953,378 shares of its common stock to enhance
stockholder value. Total stock repurchases for the year ended September 30, 1998
amounted to $8,654,310.  As noted in the Stock Price Information section of this
report the Company has also been  consistently  paying  quarterly  dividends  to
stockholders.

                                      -8-

<PAGE>


Implementation of New Accounting Pronouncements

During fiscal year 1998,  the Company  adopted the  provisions of two accounting
pronouncements:  Statement  No. 128 entitled  "Earnings Per Share" and Statement
No. 129 entitled "Disclosure of Information about Capital Structure." See Note 1
to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  a  discussion  of  these  new
accounting pronouncements and their effect on the Company.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity  is  measured  by a  financial  institution's  ability to raise  funds
through  deposits,  borrowed  funds,  capital  or the sale of highly  marketable
assets such as available-for-sale  securities.  Additional sources of liquidity,
including  cash flows from both  repayment of loans and  maturity of  investment
securities, are also included in determining whether liquidity is satisfactory.

During  the  years  ended  September  30,  1998,  1997 and  1996,  cash and cash
equivalents have increased by $103,326, $2,267,342 and $11,689, respectively.

As  reflected  in the  Consolidated  Statement  of Cash  Flows,  net cash  flows
provided by  operating  activities  for fiscal year 1998,  1997 and 1996 totaled
$3,272,735,  $9,687,358 and  $1,460,520,  respectively.  Amounts  fluctuate from
period to period  primarily as a result of the purchase and origination of loans
held-for-sale  and the  subsequent  sale  of  such  loans.  The  sale  of  loans
held-for-sale was $22,831,874, $12,956,185 and $9,679,305 for fiscal years 1998,
1997 and 1996,  respectively.  This is offset by the origination and purchase of
loans held-for-sale of $21,483,818,  $6,309,686 and $10,344,957 for fiscal years
1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Net cash flows provided by investing activities totaled $624,854 for fiscal year
1998.  Net cash flows  used by  investing  activities  totaled  $17,172,688  and
$4,294,278 for fiscal year 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  Amounts fluctuate from
period to period primarily as a result of (i) principal  repayments on loans and
mortgage-backed   securities,  (ii)  the  purchase  and  origination  of  loans,
mortgage-backed  securities  and  investment  securities and (iii) proceeds from
maturities and sales of investment  securities.  Loans  originated and purchased
for  investment,   net  of  principal   payments  on  loans,  were  $17,928,700,
$35,303,920 and $30,405,369 for fiscal years 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

Net cash flows used by financing  activities  totaled $3,794,263 for fiscal year
1998. Net cash flows  provided by financing  activities  totaled  $9,752,672 and
$2,845,447, respectively, for fiscal years 1997 and 1996. Advances from the FHLB
have been the primary source to balance the Company's  funding needs during each
of the  fiscal  years  presented.  As of  September  30,  1998,  the Bank had an
existing line of credit with the FHLB of $30,000,000  against which the Bank had
an outstanding balance of $8,000,000 that could serve as an additional source of
liquidity.  For fiscal 1998 the Company had net repayments of FHLB borrowings of
$4,500,000,  compared to net  proceeds of  $12,733,332  and  $7,933,334  for the
fiscal years 1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The Company's repurchase of treasury
stock  amounted  to  $8,654,310,  $3,222,729  and  $3,526,306  for years  ending
September  30, 1998,  1997 and 1996,  respectively.  The  repurchase of treasury
stock during this three year period has helped to enhance stockholder value.

The  Company's  principal  asset is its  investment  in the capital stock of the
Bank, and because it does not generate any significant  revenues  independent of
the  Bank,  the  Company's  liquidity  is  dependent  on the  extent to which it
receives  dividends  from the Bank.  The Bank's  ability to pay dividends to the
Company is  dependent  on its ability to generate  earnings  and is subject to a
number  of   regulatory   restrictions,   the   liquidation   account   and  tax
considerations.  Under capital  distribution  regulations  of the OTS, a savings
institution  that,  immediately  prior to, and on a proforma  basis after giving
effect to, a proposed dividend,  has total capital that is at least equal to the
amount of its fully phased-in  capital  requirements (a "Tier I Association") is
permitted  to pay  dividends  during a calendar  year in an amount  equal to the
greater of (i) 75.0% of its net income for the  recent  four

                                      -9-

<PAGE>


quarters, or (ii) 100.0% of its net income to date during the calendar year plus
an amount that would  reduce by one-half  the amount by which its ratio of total
capital  to  assets  exceeded  its  fully  phased-in  risk-based  capital  ratio
requirement  at the beginning of the calendar  year. At September 30, 1998,  the
Bank qualified as a Tier I  Association.  Should the Bank's  regulatory  capital
fall below certain levels,  applicable law would require  approval by the OTS of
such  proposed  dividends  and, in some  cases,  would  prohibit  the payment of
dividends.  Future dividend distributions by the Bank in excess of Bank earnings
could result in recapture of tax bad debt deductions  resulting in income tax on
the  amounts  recaptured.  See  Notes  11,  13 and 21 of Notes  to  Consolidated
Financial   Statements  for   additional   information  on  capital  levels  and
compliance, tax bad debt reserves and the liquidation account.

Cash  dividends  paid by the parent  company to its  common  stock  shareholders
totaled  $929,243,  $677,675 and $752,393 during the fiscal years 1998, 1997 and
1996,  respectively.  The payment of dividends on the common stock is subject to
the  direction of the Board of Directors of the Company and depends on a variety
of factors,  including  operating  results and financial  condition,  liquidity,
regulatory  capital  limitations  and other factors.  It is the intention of the
Bank to continue to pay dividends to the parent company,  subject to regulatory,
income tax and liquidation  account  considerations,  to cover cash dividends on
common stock when and as declared by the parent company.

The Bank is required under applicable federal  regulations to maintain specified
levels of "liquid" investments in qualifying types of U.S.  Government,  federal
agency and other investments  having  maturities of five years or less.  Current
OTS  regulations  require that a savings bank maintain liquid assets of not less
than 4% of its average daily balance of net withdrawable  deposit  accounts.  At
September 30, 1998, the Bank met its liquidity  requirement  and expects to meet
this  requirement  in the future.  The Bank adjusts  liquidity as appropriate to
meet its asset/liability objectives.

OTS has also set minimum capital requirements for institutions such as the Bank.
The capital standards require the maintenance of regulatory  capital  sufficient
to  meet a  tangible  capital  requirement,  a core  capital  requirement  and a
risk-based capital  requirement.  At September 30, 1998 the Bank exceeded all of
the minimum capital requirements as currently required.  Please refer to Note 13
of  the  accompanying  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  more
information  regarding the Bank's  regulatory  capital position at September 30,
1998.

As discussed in Note 22 of the financial statements, the Deposit Insurance Funds
Act  of  1996  authorized  the  recapitalization  of  the  Savings  Associations
Insurance Fund (SAIF). After the one-time special assessment,  the Bank's annual
deposit insurance rate declined to 0.064% of insured deposits  effective January
1, 1997 from the 0.23% rate prior to this  recapitalization.  Until December 31,
1999,  SAIF-insured   institutions  will  likely  continue  to  pay  the  0.064%
assessment  to the FDIC to help fund  interest  payments  on bonds  issued by an
agency of the federal  government  established to finance takeovers of insolvent
thrifts.  During this period,  Bank  Insurance Fund (BIF) members likely will be
assessed at the rate of 0.013% to fund interest  payments on these bonds.  After
December 31, 1999, both BIF and SAIF members will likely be assessed at the same
rate for  such  interest  payments.  The  Deposit  Insurance  Funds  Act of 1996
provides  that  the BIF and  the  SAIF  will be  merged  into a  single  deposit
insurance  fund  effective  December 31, 1999,  but only if there are no insured
savings  associations on that date. The  legislation  directed the Department of
Treasury to make  recommendations  to Congress for the establishment of a single
charter for banks and thrifts.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in
accordance  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  which require the
measurement of financial  position and operating  results in terms of historical
dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money
over time due to inflation.  Unlike most  industrial  companies,  nearly all the
assets and  liabilities  of the Bank are monetary. 

                                      -10-

<PAGE>

As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on the Bank's performance than
do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily
move in the same  direction  or to the same  extent  as the  price of goods  and
services.

Asset/Liability Management   

The Bank has established an  Asset/Liability  Management  Committee ("ALCO") for
the purpose of monitoring  and managing  interest rate risk. The Bank is subject
to the  risk of  interest  rate  fluctuations  to the  extent  that  there  is a
difference,  or  mismatch,  between  the amount of the  Bank's  interest-earning
assets and  interest-bearing  liabilities  which  mature or reprice in specified
periods.  Consequently,  when interest  rates  change,  to the extent the Bank's
interest-earning  assets have longer  maturities or effective  repricing periods
than its  interest-bearing  liabilities,  the  interest  income  realized on the
Bank's interest-earning assets will adjust more slowly than the interest expense
on its interest-bearing  liabilities. This mismatch in the maturity and interest
rate sensitivity of assets and liabilities is commonly referred to as the "gap."
A gap is considered  positive when the amount of interest rate sensitive  assets
maturing or repricing  during a specified  period exceeds the amount of interest
rate  sensitive  liabilities  maturing or repricing  during such period,  and is
considered  negative  when the amount of  interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities
maturing or repricing  during a specified  period exceeds the amount of interest
rate assets maturing or repricing during such period. Generally, during a period
of rising  interest  rates, a negative gap would  adversely  affect net interest
income while a positive gap would result in an increase in net interest  income,
and during a period of declining  interest rates, a negative gap would result in
an increase in net interest income while a positive gap would  adversely  affect
net interest  income.  The Bank  utilizes  internally  generated gap reports and
externally prepared interest rate sensitivity of the net portfolio value reports
to monitor and manage its interest rate risk.

The Company has  historically  invested in  interest-earning  assets that have a
longer duration than its interest-bearing  liabilities. The mismatch in duration
of the  interest-sensitive  liabilities  indicates  that the Bank is  exposed to
interest  rate risk. In a rising rate  environment,  in addition to reducing the
market  value of long-term  interest-earning  assets,  liabilities  will reprice
faster than assets; therefore,  decreasing net interest income. To mitigate this
risk, the Bank has placed a greater  emphasis on  shorter-term  higher  yielding
assets that reprice more frequently in reaction to interest rate  movements.  In
addition,  the Bank has continued to include in total assets a concentration  of
adjustable-rate   assets  to  benefit  the  one-year   cumulative  gap  as  such
adjustable-rate  assets  reprice and are more  responsive to the  sensitivity of
more frequently repricing interest-bearing liabilities.

Quarterly, the OTS prepares a report on the interest rate sensitivity of the net
portfolio  value ("NPV") from  information  provided by Bank.  The OTS adopted a
rule in August 1993  incorporating an interest rate risk ("IRR")  component into
the risk-based capital rules.  Implementation of the rule has been delayed until
the OTS has tested the process under which  institutions may appeal such capital
deductions.  The IRR  component  is a dollar  amount that will be deducted  from
total capital for the purpose of calculating an institution's risk-based capital
requirement and is measured in terms of the sensitivity of its NPV to changes in
interest  rates.  The  NPV is  the  difference  between  incoming  and  outgoing
discounted cash flows from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet contracts.
An  institution's  IRR is  measured  as the change to its NPV as the result of a
hypothetical 200 basis point change in market interest rates. A resulting change
in NPV of more than 2% of the estimated  market value of its assets will require
the  institution to deduct from its capital 50% of that excess change.  The rule
provides  that the OTS  will  calculate  the IRR  component  quarterly  for each
institution.


                                      -11-

<PAGE>



The  following  tables  present  the  Bank's  NPV as  well as  other  data as of
September 30, 1998, as calculated by the OTS, based on  information  provided to
the OTS by the Bank.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Change in Interest  
  Rates in Basis
 Points (Rate Shock)        Net Portfolio Value         NPV as % of Present Value of Assets
- --------------------  --------------------------------  ------------------------------------

                       $ Amount   $ Change   % Change      NPV Ratio        Change
                      ----------  ---------- ---------  -------------  ---------------------

  (Dollars in Thousands)

  <S>                  <C>        <C>           <C>        <C>              <C>        
     +400 bp              $8,158    ($10,826)    (57) %     3.91   %         (448)    bp
     +300 bp             $11,650      (7,334)    (39) %     5.44   %         (294)    bp
     +200 bp (1)         $14,839      (4,145)    (22) %     6.78   %         (160)    bp
     +100 bp             $17,375      (1,609)     (8) %     7.79   %          (59)    bp
            0 bp         $18,984                            8.39   %
     -100 bp             $19,830         846       4  %     8.66   %           27     bp
     -200 bp             $20,761       1,777       9  %     8.96   %           57     bp
     -300 bp             $21,957       2,973      16  %     9.35   %           97     bp
     -400 bp             $23,288       4,305      23  %     9.78   %          140     bp
</TABLE>            
                  
    (1) Denotes rate shock used to compute interest rate risk capital component.


                                                             September 30, 1998
                                                             ------------------
Risk Measures (20 Basis Point Rate Shock):             

     Pre-Shock NPV Ratio: NPV as % of Present Value of Assets        8.39%
     Exposure Measure: Post-Shock NPV Ratio                          6.78%
     Sensitivity Measure: Change in NPV Ratio                        1.60%



Utilizing the data above,  the Bank, at September 30, 1998,  would not have been
considered by the OTS to have been subject to "above normal" interest rate risk.
Accordingly, no deduction from risk-based capital would have been required.

Set forth below is a breakout, by basis points of the Bank's NPV as of September
30, 1998 by assets, liabilities, and off balance sheet items.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           No        
 Net Portfolio Value  -400 bp      -300 bp      -200 bp      -100 bp     Change    +100 bp   +200 bp   +300 bp   +400 bp
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<S>                   <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>     
Assets                 $238,084    $234,806     $231,740     $229,014    $226,400  $223,043  $218,794  $213,959  $208,891
- -Liabilities            214,474     212,603      210,804      209,075     207,400   205,795   204,235   202,726   201,269
+Off Balance Sheet         (322)       (246)        (175)        (109)        (16)      127       280       417       536
                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Portfolio Value     $23,288     $21,957      $20,761      $19,830     $18,984   $17,375   $14,839   $11,650    $8,158
                     =====================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Certain  assumptions  utilized by the OTS in assessing the interest rate risk of
savings  associations  were  employed in  preparing  the previous  table.  These
assumptions  related to interest  rates,  loan prepayment  rates,  deposit decay
rates and the market  values of certain  assets under the various  interest rate
scenarios.  It was also  assumed  that  delinquency  rates  will not change as a
result of changes in interest rates although there can be no assurance that this
will be the case. Even if interest rates change in the designated amounts, there
can be no assurance that the Bank's assets and liabilities  would perform as set
forth above.

Certain  shortcomings  are inherent in the preceding NPV tables because the data
reflect  hypothetical  changes in NPV based upon  assumptions used by the OTS to
evaluate the Bank as well as other  institutions.  However,  net

                                      -12-

<PAGE>

interest  income should decline with  instantaneous  increases in interest rates
while net  interest  income  should  increase  with  instantaneous  declines  in
interest rates.  Generally,  during periods of increasing  interest  rates,  the
Bank's  interest  rate  sensitive  liabilities  would  reprice  faster  than its
interest rate  sensitive  assets  causing a decline in the Bank's  interest rate
spread and  margin.  This would  result  from an  increase in the Bank's cost of
funds  that  would  not be  immediately  offset by an  increase  in its yield on
earning assets. An increase in the cost of funds without an equivalent  increase
in the yield of earning assets would tend to reduce net interest income.

In times of decreasing interest rates, fixed rate assets could increase in value
and the lag in repricing of interest rate sensitive  assets could be expected to
have a positive effect on the Bank's net interest  income.  However,  changes in
only certain rates,  such as shorter term interest rate declines  without longer
term interest rate declines,  could reduce or reverse the expected  benefit from
decreasing interest rates.

Year 2000 Issue

The  year  2000  poses  an  important  business  issue  regarding  how  existing
application  software  programs and operating  systems can accommodate this date
value.  Many computer programs that can only distinguish the final two digits of
the year  entered  are  expected  to read  entries for the year 2000 as the year
1900. Like most financial  service  providers,  the Company may be significantly
affected by the Year 2000 issue due to the nature of financial information.  The
Company has been evaluating both information  technology  (computer  systems and
software)  and  non-information   technology  (i.e.  vault  timers,   elevators,
electronic door lock and heating,  ventilation and air condition  controls) both
within and  outside  the  Company's  direct  control  and with which the Company
electronically  or  operationally   interfaces.  If  computer  systems  are  not
adequately  changed to identify the year 2000, many computer  applications could
fail or create erroneous  results.  As a result,  many calculations that rely on
the date field  information,  such as  interest,  payment or due dates and other
operating functions, may generate results that could be significantly misstated,
and the Company could experience a temporary  inability to process  transactions
and engage in normal business activities.

The Company  has also  initiated  formal  communications  with both  information
technology  and  non-information  technology  vendors to determine the extent to
which the Company's  interface systems may be vulnerable to those third parties'
failure to  remediate  their own Year 2000 issues.  We have  examined all of our
non-information  technology  systems and have either received  certifications of
Year  2000  compliance  for  systems  controlled  by third  party  providers  or
determined  that the systems  should not be impacted by the Year 2000. We expect
to further  test the systems we control and receive  third party  certification,
where  appropriate,  that they will  continue to function.  We do not expect any
material costs to address our  non-information  technology  systems and have not
had any  material  costs  to  date.  We have  determined  that  the  information
technology  systems  we use have  substantially  more  year  2000  risk than the
non-information  technology  systems  we  use.  The  Bank  has  evaluated  their
information  technology  systems risk in three areas: (1) internal computers and
software,  (2)  computers of others used by our  borrowers,  (3)  external  data
processing servicers.

Internal computers and software
The Company will replace or upgrade  most of its internal  computer  systems and
programs in order to provide  cost-effective  and efficient delivery of services
to its customers,  information to management, and to provide additional capacity
for processing information and transactions due to increased activity.  Computer
system  upgrades  are  projected to be  completed  during the second  quarter of
fiscal 1999. The total cost of the Year 2000 project is estimated to approximate
$400,000  which will be funded through cash flows from  operations.  The Company
will spend approximately $250,000 during the first and second quarters of fiscal
1999 to upgrade computer  systems,  which will be capitalized.  At September 30,
1998,  none of the estimated  $250,000 has been  capitalized.  The Bank expensed
approximately  $10,000  relating to Year 2000  compliance  during the year ended
September   30,  1998.   In  addition,   the  Company  will  expect  to  expense
approximately  $75,000 during fiscal 1999. This results in estimated known costs
to the Bank of $325,000. The Bank estimates a potential of an 

                                      -13-

<PAGE>

additional  $75,000 in unidentified  costs at the present time. Final testing of
internal conversion to compliant systems is scheduled to be completed by the end
of the first quarter of calendar 1999.

Computers of others used by our borrowers
The Bank has evaluated  most of its borrowers and does not believe that the Year
2000 issue should, on an aggregate basis,  impact their ability to make payments
to the Bank.  The Bank  feels  that most of its  residential  borrowers  are not
dependent  on their home  computers  for income and that none of its  commercial
borrowers  are so large that a Year 2000  problem  would  render  them unable to
collect  revenue or rent and,  in turn,  continue  to make loan  payments to the
Bank. As a result, the Bank has not contacted  residential  borrowers concerning
this issue and does not consider this issue in its residential loan underwriting
process.  The Bank has contacted all commercial  borrowers and  considered  this
issue during commercial loan underwriting. The Bank does not expect any material
costs to address this risk area.

External data processing servicer
This risk is primarily  focused on one third-party  service bureau that provides
virtually all of the Bank's data processing. The Bank's data processing servicer
has completed  their Year 2000 testing and was  determined to be in  compliance.
The  third-party  servicer  also has a  contingency  plan  developed  to provide
operating alternatives in the event of systems or communication  failures.  This
contingency plan has a procedure in which a disaster  recovery unit will be sent
to the Bank  immediately  to  correct  any  Year  2000  complications.  Although
appearing to be compliant, if the service bureau fails to be Year 2000 compliant
the Bank would likely experience significant delays, mistakes or failures. These
delays,  mistakes  or  failures  could have a  significant  impact on the Bank's
financial condition and results of operations.

Contingency plan
Senior  management  has  developed  and  presented  to the Board of  Directors a
contingency plan to provide operating  alternatives for continuation of services
to the Bank's customers in the event of systems or communication failures at the
beginning of the Year 2000.  Management  believes  that the Bank will be able to
continue to operate in the Year 2000 even if some  systems  fail.  The Bank will
have available a back-up  generator for use in the event of a power failure.  At
the end of  December  1999,  the Bank  will  receive  from  its data  processing
servicer a CD-ROM backup of all customer and general ledger  accounts.  The Bank
will also have a stand  alone  computer  with  internal  software to extract the
information  from the  CD-ROM and print hard copy  reports  as  necessary.  This
software has been  certified as Year 2000 compliant by the provider and has been
tested at other customer locations of the service provider.  As noted above, the
disaster  recovery  unit  provided  by the Bank's  service  center  will also be
available.  Due to the  size of the  Bank,  it  feels  that it  would be able to
operate with all transactions  processed  internally until normal operations can
be restored.  This procedure  could require  changing of schedules and hiring of
temporary staff, which would increase cost of operations. If this procedure were
to continue for any extended  period of time, or if we ultimately  had to change
data service providers, the cost could be material.

                                      -14-


<PAGE>

Average Balances, Interest and Average Yields and Rates


The  following  table sets forth certain  information  relating to the Company's
average  balance sheet and reflects the average yield on assets and average cost
of liabilities for the periods indicated and the average yields earned and rates
paid.  Such yields and costs are  derived by  dividing  income or expense by the
average  balance  of  assets  or  liabilities,  respectively,  for  the  periods
presented. Average balances are derived from month-end balances. Management does
not believe that the use of month-end balances instead of daily average balances
has caused any material difference in the information presented.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          For Year Ended September 30,
                                        At        -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                    September 30,
                                       1998               1998                       1997                      1996
                                    ---------- -------------------------  ------------------------- -----------------------------
                                                                 Average                    Average                      Average 
                                      Yield/                      Yield/                    Yield/                        Yield/
                                       Cost    Balance   Interest  Cost   Balance  Interest  Cost   Balance   Interest    Cost
                                    ---------  --------  -------- ------  -------- -------- ------  --------  --------   --------
                              (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                   <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>       <C>      <C>     <C>      <C>        <C>    
Interest-earning assets:
  Loans receivable                     8.14 %  $167,490  $13,741  8.20 %  $145,395  $11,833  8.14 %  $110,084  $ 9,077    8.25  %
  Mortgage-backed securities           6.77 %    29,724    1,927  6.48 %    41,747    2,707  6.48 %    54,647    3,557    6.51  %
  Investment securities                5.33 %    23,366    1,374  5.88 %    30,956    2,079  6.72 %    29,936    1,863    6.22  %
  Other interest-earning assets        5.72 %     3,169      165  5.21 %     1,252       76  6.07 %     1,085       78    7.19  %
                                    ---------  --------  -------  ------  --------  -------  ------  --------  -------    -------

     Total interest-earning assets     7.71 %  $223,749  $17,207  7.69 %  $219,350  $16,695  7.61 %  $195,752  $14,575    7.45  %
                                    =========  ========  =======  ======  ========  =======  ======  ========  =======    =======

Non-interest earning assets:                      5,580                      4,310                      3,764
                                               --------                   --------                   -------- 

     Total assets                              $229,329                   $223,660                   $199,516
                                               ========                   ========                   ======== 

Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Demand deposits                      2.79 %  $ 21,586  $   669  3.10 %  $ 21,536  $   693  3.22 %  $ 14,249  $   365    2.56  %
  Savings deposits and certificates
    of deposit                         5.45 %   127,290    6,917  5.43 %   123,206    6,556  5.32 %   128,899    7,077    5.49  %
  Other liabilities                    5.60 %    44,763    2,631  5.88 %    42,951    2,520  5.87 %    19,429    1,237    6.37  %
                                    ---------  --------  -------  ------  --------  -------  ------  --------  -------   -------
     Total interest-bearing
      liabilities                      5.20 %  $193,639  $10,217  5.28 %  $187,693  $ 9,769  5.20 %  $162,577  $ 8,679    5.34  %
                                    =========  ========  =======  ======  ========  =======  ======  ========  =======   =======
Non-interest bearing liabilities                  4,242                      3,696                      3,015
                                               --------                   --------                   -------- 
     Total liabilities                         $197,881                   $191,389                   $165,592
                                               ========                   ========                   ========

Stockholder's equity                             31,448                     32,271                     33,924
                                               ---------                  --------                   --------
     Total liabilities and
      stockholders' equity                     $229,329                   $223,660                   $199,516
                                               =========                  ========                   ========
Net interest income                                      $ 6,990                    $ 6,926                    $ 5,896
                                                         =======                    =======                    =======

Interest rate spread                   2.51 %                     2.41 %                     2.41 %                      2.11  %
                                    =========                     ======                     ======                      =======

Net yield on interest-earning assets                              3.12 %                     3.16 %                      3.01  %
                                                                  ======                     ======                      =======
Ratio of interest-earning assets
    to interest-bearing liabilities                             115.55 %                   116.87 %                    120.41  %
                                                                ========                   ========                    =========


</TABLE>




                                      -15-
<PAGE>

The following  Rate/Volume  Analysis table presents,  for the periods indicated,
information  regarding  changes in  interest  income and  interest  expense  (in
thousands)  of the Company.  For each  category of  interest-earning  assets and
interest-bearing   liabilities,   information   is   provided   on  the  changes
attributable  to (i) changes in volume (changes in average daily balances of the
portfolio  multiplied by the prior year rate),  (ii) changes in rate (changes in
rate multiplied by prior year volume), and (iii) changes in rate/volume (changes
in rate multiplied by the change in average volume).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                    Years Ended September 30,
                                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      1998 vs. 1997                           1997 vs. 1996
                                        ---------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                              Increase (Decrease) Due to                Increase (Decrease) Due to
                                        ---------------------------------------   -----------------------------------------
                                                              Rate/                                      Rate/
                                         Volume      Rate     Volume      Net      Volume      Rate      Volume      Net
                                        --------   --------   ------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                                            (In Thousands)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>    
Interest income:
 Loans receivable                       $ 1,799    $    88    $  21    $ 1,908    $ 2,913    ($  121)   ($   36)   $ 2,756
 Mortgage-backed securities                (779)         0       (1)      (780)      (840)       (16)         6       (850)
 Investment securities                     (510)      (260)      65       (705)        63        150          3        216
 Other interest-earnings assets             117        (10)     (18)        89         13        (11)        (4)        (2)
                                        --------   --------   ------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------  
   Total interest-earning assets        $   627    ($  182)   $  67    $   512    $ 2,149    $     2    ($   31)   $ 2,120
                                        ========   ========   ======   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Interest expense:
 Demand deposits                        $     2    ($   26)   $   0    ($   24)   $   187    $    94    $    47    $   328
 Savings deposits and
  certificates of deposits                  218        137        6        361       (313)      (219)        11       (521)
 Other liabilities                          107          4        0        111      1,498        (97)      (118)     1,283
                                        --------   --------   ------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
   Total interest-bearing liabilities   $   327    $   115    $   6    $   448    $ 1,372    ($  222)   ($   60)   $ 1,090
                                        ========   ========   ======   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
Change in net interest income           $   300    ($  297)   $  61    $    64    $   777    $   224    $    29    $ 1,030
                                        ========   ========   ======   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>
                                       
Results of Operations

General:
Net income decreased slightly,  from $2,514,437 for the year ended September 30,
1997 to $2,363,798  for the year ended  September 30, 1998.  The decrease in net
income  relates  primarily  to an increase in costs of the core  business of the
subsidiary Bank as a result of establishing a commercial loan department and the
additional  expense of providing retail services in the existing  branches,  the
new Dodge City  branch and the  Overland  Park loan  origination  office.  These
increased  expenses are expected and intended to lead to increased volume in the
customer base, resulting in increased loan and general market share.

Net income  increased  $1,110,211 or 79.06% from  $1,404,226  for the year ended
September  30, 1996 to  $2,514,437  for the year ended  September  30, 1997.  As
discussed  in the  following  paragraphs  the  net  income  for the  year  ended
September  30, 1996  included a special  one-time  SAIF  assessment  of $937,073
which, net of tax effect,  resulted in decreasing fiscal year 1996 net income by
approximately  $600,000.  Exclusive of the effect of the assessment on 1996, net
income for fiscal  1997  increased  over 1996 by  approximately  $530,000.  This
increase is primarily attributable to an increase in net interest income.

On September 30, 1996,  President  Clinton  signed into law a bill that provided
for a special  assessment of SAIF insured  institutions  amounting to 65.7 basis
points  applied to the Bank's  deposit base  measured as

                                      -16-

<PAGE>

of March 31, 1995.  The total amount of the special  assessment for the Bank was
accrued as of  September  30,  1996 and  included  in expense for the year ended
September  30, 1996.  The after tax effect of the  assessment  was to reduce net
income by approximately  $600,000 for the year ended September 30, 1996. Without
the effect of the assessment net income would have been approximately $2,000,000
for the year ended September 30, 1996.

Net interest income:
The  operating  results  of the  Company  depend  to a great  degree  on its net
interest   income,   which  is  the  difference   between   interest  income  on
interest-earning  assets,  primarily  loans,   mortgage-backed   securities  and
investment  securities,  and interest expense on  interest-bearing  liabilities,
primarily deposits and borrowings.  The Company's net income is also affected by
the  level of its  provision  for  losses  on  loans,  non-interest  income  and
non-interest expense.

Total interest income increased $512,592,  or 3.07%, to $17,207,440 for the year
ended  September 30, 1998,  from  $16,694,848  for the year ended  September 30,
1997. This increase resulted from the average yield on  interest-earning  assets
increasing to 7.69% for the year ended  September 30, 1998 compared to 7.61% for
the year ended  September 30, 1997. This increase was the result of the increase
in the loan portfolio,  the  rate/volume  analysis  reflects this increase.  The
change in interest income due to the volume of loans  receivable was an increase
of $1,799,000  during fiscal year 1998 from fiscal year 1997.  Income  resulting
from the increase in loan volume was partially offset by decreases in the volume
of investment and mortgage-backed securities.

Interest  expense for the year ended September 30, 1998 increased  $448,271,  or
4.59%,  to $10,216,563  from  $9,768,292 at September 30, 1997. This increase is
primarily  due to an  increase in volume of  certificates  of deposit and market
interest rates paid on those deposits.  The Bank's rate/volume analysis reflects
approximately  $327,0000  of the  increase in interest  expense  resulting  from
changes in volume.

As a result of the above,  net interest income had a slight increase of $64,321,
from $6,926,556 for the year ended September 30, 1997 to $6,990,877 for the year
ended September 30, 1998. The increase in net interest income is attributable to
a shift in the  composition  of  interest-earning  assets from  generally  lower
yielding  mortgage-backed  and investment  securities to loans,  resulting in an
increase in net interest  income  attributable  to volume of  $300,000.  The net
interest spread of the Bank was consistent  during the years ended September 30,
1998 and 1997,  with an interest rate spread of 2.41% for both years.  The risks
related to interest  rate  movement  are managed  and  continuously  reviewed by
management.

Interest  income was  $16,694,848 for the year ended September 30, 1997 compared
to $14,574,868  for the year ended September 30, 1996, an increase of $2,119,980
or 14.55%.  As discussed above, this increase is also primarily the result of an
increase in loans  receivable  during the year ended September 30, 1997, this is
reflected in the Bank's rate/volume  analysis as the increase in interest income
resulting from the volume of loans receivable was $2,913,000.

Interest expense for the year ended September 30, 1997 increased $1,089,924,  or
12.56%,  to $9,768,292  from $8,678,368 at September 30, 1996. This increase was
due to the increase in borrowed funds throughout the fiscal year.  Approximately
$1,498,000  of the  increase in  interest  expense was due to an increase in the
volume of other  liabilities,  which  consists of advances and other  borrowings
from the FHLB.  The  average  cost for  interest-bearing  liabilities  decreased
slightly from 5.34% for the year ended  September 30, 1996 to 5.20% for the year
ended September 30, 1997.

As a result of the above, net interest income increased  $1,030,056,  or 17.47%,
from $5,896,500 for the year ended September 30, 1996 to $6,926,556 for the year
ended  September 30, 1997.  The net interest

                                      -17-


<PAGE>

spread of the Bank increased from 2.11% for the year ended September 30, 1996 to
2.41% for the year ended  September  30, 1997,  an increase of 30 basis  points.
Interest costs on liabilities  increase or decrease  faster than interest yields
on assets, as shorter term liabilities reprice or adjust for changes in interest
rates quicker than longer  maturity  assets.  This  increase in interest  spread
related to the  significant  increase in  origination  and purchases of mortgage
loans at yields in excess of yields on maturing  investments and mortgage-backed
securities.

Provision for losses on loans:
The Bank maintains, and the Board of Directors monitors, allowances for possible
losses on loans.  These  allowances  are  established  based  upon  management's
periodic evaluation of known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio, review of
significant  individual loans and collateral,  review of delinquent  loans, past
loss experience,  adverse  situations that may affect the borrowers'  ability to
repay,  current and expected  market  conditions,  and other factors  management
deems important.  Determining the appropriate  level of reserves involves a high
degree of management  judgment and is based upon historical and projected losses
in the  loan  portfolio  and the  collateral  value of  specifically  identified
problem loans.  Additionally,  allowance  strategies and policies are subject to
periodic  review and revision in response to current market  conditions,  actual
loss experience and management's expectations.

The allowance for loan losses was  $1,136,753 and $968,623 at September 30, 1998
and 1997, respectively. The provision for losses on loans is the method by which
the allowance for losses is adjusted during the period. The provision for losses
on loans was $265,000 for the year ended September 30, 1998 and $307,979 for the
year ended  September 30, 1997. The increase in the allowance for the year ended
September  30, 1998 was based on  management's  evaluation  of the  allowance in
relation to the increase in the Bank's loan  portfolio,  including  increases in
non-mortgage  lending,  and the  increase in  non-performing  loans.  Historical
non-performing  loan ratios are presented with the five-year  financial  summary
information.  While management maintains its allowance for loan losses at levels
which it considers  adequate to provide for  potential  losses,  there can be no
assurance  that  additions will not be made to the allowance in future years and
that such losses will not exceed the estimated amounts.

The allowance for loan losses was $740,346 at September 30, 1996.  The provision
for losses on loans  increased  from  $134,743 for the year ended  September 30,
1996 to $307,979 for the year ended September 30, 1997. The $173,236 increase in
the  provision for the year ended  September 30, 1997 was based on  management's
evaluation  of the  allowance  in  relation  to the  increase in the Bank's loan
portfolio, as discussed above.

Non-interest income:
Non-interest income increased $199,937,  or 19.49%, from $1,026,021 for the year
ended  September 30, 1997 to $1,225,958  for the year ended  September 30, 1998.
This was  primarily  due to the net gain on the  sale of loans of  $472,908  for
fiscal year 1998 compared to $237,281 for fiscal 1997, a $235,627  increase,  or
99.3%.

Non-interest  income  increased  $280,661 or 37.65%,  from $745,360 for the year
ended  September 30, 1996 to $1,026,021  for the year ended  September 30, 1997.
The main reason for this increase was due to the net gain on sale of investments
of $220,154,  consisting of sales of corporate  equity  securities,  which was a
$193,047  increase  from  the net  gain on the sale of  investments  of  $27,107
realized during the year ended September 30, 1996. Additionally, gain on sale of
loans  increased  by 188.63% due to an increase in the volume of loan sales from
fiscal  year  1997 to  fiscal  year  1996.  Sale  of  loans  held-for-sale  were
$12,956,185 for the year ended September 30, 1997 compared to $9,679,305 for the
year ended September 30, 1996.

                                      -18-

<PAGE>

Non-interest expense:
Non-interest expense increased $554,361,  or 15.48% from $3,580,077 for the year
ended  September 30, 1997 to $4,134,438  for the year ended  September 30, 1998.
The Bank has experienced an overall increase in non-interest expense as a result
of the addition of a commercial loan department,  the loan origination office in
Overland Park, and the new Dodge City branch.  These increases  relate primarily
to increases in  compensation  as a result of new  positions.  Compensation  and
related expenses increased $252,108,  or 11.24%, from $2,242,602 for fiscal 1997
to $2,494,710 for fiscal 1998.  This increase in compensation is also the result
of increase in the  Employees  Stock  Ownership  Plan (the "ESOP")  expense as a
result of higher market values for allocated shares and additional  compensation
expense relating to the issuance of stock options,  see Note 16 of the financial
statements for further discussion.

Non-interest  expense decreased  $743,222 or 17.19% from $4,323,299 for the year
ended  September 30, 1996 to $3,580,077  for the year ended  September 30, 1997.
This  decrease  related  primarily to the special  one-time  SAIF  assessment of
$937,073 recorded during fiscal 1996. If this special  assessment were excluded,
total  non-interest  expense would have increased  $193,851 or 5.72% from fiscal
1996 to 1997.  Compensation  and related expenses  increased  $349,144 or 18.44%
during the year ended  September  30,  1997,  relating to overall  increases  in
compensation  and ESOP expense as discussed  above. The increase in compensation
was offset by a $191,250 or 49.04% decrease in federal insurance premium expense
from $389,986  during fiscal year 1996 to $198,736  during fiscal year 1997. The
decrease in regulatory  insurance and assessments was  substantially  due to the
revised  rate  structure  on  insured  deposits  adopted  by the FDIC  after the
recapitalization of the SAIF. The Bank's annual deposit insurance rate in effect
prior to this recapitalization was 0.23% of insured deposits, declining to 0.18%
of insured  deposits for the quarter  ended  December  31, 1996,  and reduced to
0.064% of insured deposits effective January 1, 1997.

Income taxes:
Income tax expense  decreased  $96,485,  or 6.22%,  from $1,550,084 for the year
ended  September 30, 1997 to $1,453,599  for the year ended  September 30, 1998.
This decrease in income tax resulted primarily from a decrease in pre-tax income
and deferred tax  attributable to changes in state income tax rates that for the
Bank become effective as of October 1, 1998.

The Company's income tax expense increased $770,492 or 98.83%, from $779,592 for
the year ended September 30, 1996 to $1,550,084 for the year ended September 30,
1997. The principal reason for the increase was the increase in pre-tax income.


                                      -19-

<PAGE>
[LOGO]                                                                 MEMBER OF
                                                       THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF
                                                    CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
[LOGO]    Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.                 THE DIVISION OF CPA FIRMS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------




                          Independent Auditor's Report




To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
Dodge City, Kansas


We have audited the accompanying  consolidated statements of financial condition
of Landmark  Bancshares,  Inc. and subsidiary as of September 30, 1998 and 1997,
and the related consolidated statements of operations,  changes in stockholders'
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended  September
30, 1998.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Landmark Bancshares,
Inc. and  subsidiary as of September 30, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their
operations  and cash  flows  for each of the  three  years in the  period  ended
September 30, 1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                   /s/Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.

                                   Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.


October 29, 1998
Wichita, Kansas


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                            <C>                          <C>            <C>  
300 WEST DOUGLAS, SUITE 100  o  WICHITA, KANSAS 67202-2994 o 316 264-2335 o FAX 316 264-1489
                                   WICHITA o TUCSON o TULSA
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                            Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

                 Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
                           September 30, 1998 and 1997
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ASSETS                                                                1998             1997
                                                                  -------------    -------------
<S>                                                               <C>              <C>          
Cash and due from banks:
         Non-interest bearing                                     $     832,559    $     678,173
         Interest bearing                                             2,011,819        2,062,879
                                                                  -------------    -------------
         Total cash and due from banks                                2,844,378        2,741,052
Time deposits in other financial institutions                           249,867          110,580
Investment securities held-to-maturity (estimated market
         value of $11,681,144 and $18,907,385 at September 30,
         1998 and 1997, respectively)                                11,575,433       18,837,942
Investment securities available-for-sale                              9,220,910        7,122,785
Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity (estimated
         market value of $22,006,970 and $36,933,775 at
         September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively)                  21,723,755       36,689,551
Loans receivable, net                                               172,324,254      157,672,603
Loans held-for-sale                                                   2,408,689          490,234
Accrued income receivable                                             1,443,847        1,446,605
Foreclosed real estate, net                                              70,939          251,950
Office properties and equipment, net                                  1,729,282        1,188,250
Prepaid expenses and other assets                                     1,749,177        1,233,038
Income taxes receivable, current                                         27,482           65,564
                                                                  -------------    -------------
              Total assets                                        $ 225,368,013    $ 227,850,154
                                                                  =============    =============
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Liabilities:
         Deposits                                                 $ 154,792,916    $ 144,734,739
         Borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank                      41,700,000       46,200,000
         Advances from borrowers for taxes and insurance              1,904,170        1,673,057
         Accrued expenses and other liabilities                       1,737,080        2,304,593
         Deferred income taxes                                          210,080          692,435
                                                                  -------------    -------------
              Total liabilities                                     200,344,246      195,604,824
                                                                  -------------    -------------
Commitments and contingencies
Stockholders' equity:
         Preferred stock, no par value; 5,000,000 shares
           authorized; no shares outstanding
         Common stock, $0.10 par value; 10,000,000 shares
           authorized; 2,281,312 shares issued and outstanding          228,131          228,131
         Additional paid-in capital                                  22,466,144       22,173,827
         Retained income, substantially restricted                   20,739,642       19,305,087
         Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities,
           net of deferred taxes                                        283,336          922,384
         Unamortized stock acquired by Employee Stock
           Ownership Plan                                              (692,719)        (844,597)
         Unamortized compensation related to Management
           Stock Bonus Plan                                             (96,522)        (289,567)
         Treasury stock, at cost, 953,378 and 592,671 shares at
           September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively                (17,904,245)      (9,249,935)
                                                                  -------------    -------------

              Total stockholders' equity                             25,023,767       32,245,330
                                                                  -------------    -------------

              Total liabilities and stockholders' equity          $ 225,368,013    $ 227,850,154
                                                                  =============    =============
</TABLE>


The Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are an integral part of these
statements.
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                            Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

                      Consolidated Statements of Operations
              For the Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1998            1997           1996
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
<S>                                                   <C>             <C>            <C>         
Interest income:
    Interest on loans                                 $ 13,741,660    $ 11,832,611   $  9,076,880
    Interest and dividends on investment securities      1,538,935       2,154,856      1,940,908
    Interest on mortgage-backed securities               1,926,845       2,707,381      3,557,080
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
         Total interest income                          17,207,440      16,694,848     14,574,868
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
Interest expense:
    Deposits                                             7,585,688       7,248,750      7,441,797
    Borrowed funds                                       2,630,875       2,519,542      1,236,571
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
         Total interest expense                         10,216,563       9,768,292      8,678,368
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
         Net interest income                             6,990,877       6,926,556      5,896,500

Provision for losses on loans                              265,000         307,979        134,743
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
    Net interest income after provision for losses       6,725,877       6,618,577      5,761,757
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
Non-interest income:
    Service charges and late charges                       339,478         270,622        217,317
    Net gain on sale of investments                        202,299         220,154         27,107
    Net gain on sale of loans                              472,908         237,281         82,208
    Net gain on sale of mortgage-backed securities                                        135,208
    Service fees on loans sold                             157,032         161,304        161,329
    Other                                                   54,241         136,660        122,191
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
         Total non-interest income                       1,225,958       1,026,021        745,360
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
Non-interest expense:
    Compensation and related expenses                    2,494,710       2,242,602      1,893,458
    Occupancy expense                                      243,633         173,452        169,780
    Federal insurance premium                              156,064         198,736        389,986
    SAIF special assessment                                                               937,073
    Data processing                                        207,733         181,321        187,237
    Other expense                                        1,032,298         783,966        745,765
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
         Total non-interest expense                      4,134,438       3,580,077      4,323,299
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
         Income before income taxes                      3,817,397       4,064,521      2,183,818
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
Income taxes:
    Currently payable                                    1,529,953       1,261,177      1,085,774
    Deferred tax expense (benefit)                         (76,354)        288,907       (306,182)
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
                                                         1,453,599       1,550,084        779,592
                                                      ------------    ------------   ------------
         Net income                                   $  2,363,798    $  2,514,437   $  1,404,226
                                                      ============    ============   ============
Income per common share
Basic:
    Earnings per share                                $       1.56    $       1.52   $       0.78
                                                      ============    ============   ============
    Weighted average common and common
      shares outstanding                                 1,518,482       1,652,339      1,810,182
                                                      ============    ============   ============
Diluted:
    Earnings per share                                $       1.42    $       1.42   $       0.74
                                                      ============    ============   ============
    Weighted average common and common
      shares outstanding                                 1,664,950       1,774,121      1,892,443
                                                      ============    ============   ============
</TABLE>

The Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are an integral part of these
statements.
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                           Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
           Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
                  Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Unrealized   Unamortized
                                                                Gain on        Common    Unamortized
                                     Additional                Available-      Stock     ompensation                    Total
                          Common       Paid-In     Retained     for-Sale    Acquired by   Related to      Treasury   Stockholders'
                           Stock       Capital      Income     Securities     ESOP           MSBP          Stock        Equity
                         ---------- ------------ ------------ -----------  ------------- ------------  ------------- -------------
<S>                      <C>       <C>          <C>            <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>        
Balance, 
  September 30, 1995      $228,131  $21,893,499  $16,816,492     $37,454    ($1,131,573)   ($675,657)   ($2,500,900)  $34,667,446
Allocation of shares 
  by Employees' Stock
  Ownership Plan                         50,676                                 136,878                                   187,554
Amortization of 
  compensation related 
  to Management Stock 
  Bonus Plan                                                                                 193,045                      193,045
Net income for the 
  year ended 
  September 30, 1996                               1,404,226                                                            1,404,226
Cash dividend paid 
  ($0.40 per share)                                 (752,393)                                                            (752,393)
Net change in unrealized 
  gain on available-for-
  sale investment 
  securities                                                     215,603                                                  215,603
Purchase of 232,336 
  treasury shares                                                                                        (3,526,306)   (3,526,306)
                         ---------- ------------ ------------ -----------  ------------- ------------  ------------- -------------
Balance, 
  September 30, 1996       228,131   21,944,175   17,468,325     253,057       (994,695)    (482,612)    (6,027,206)   32,389,175
Allocation of shares by 
  Employees' Stock
  Ownership Plan                        121,277                                 150,098                                   271,375
Amortization of 
  compensation related 
  to Management Stock 
  Bonus Plan                             56,928                                              193,045                      249,973
Compensation related to 
  stock options granted                  51,447                                                                            51,447
Net income for the year 
  ended September 30, 
  1997                                             2,514,437                                                            2,514,437
Cash dividend paid 
  ($0.40 per share)                                 (677,675)                                                            (677,675)
Net change in unrealized 
  gain on available-for-
  sale investment 
  securities                                                     669,327                                                  669,327
Purchase of 164,355 
  treasury shares                                                                                        (3,222,729)   (3,222,729)
                         ---------- ------------ ------------ -----------  ------------- ------------  ------------- -------------
Balance, 
  September 30, 1997       228,131   22,173,827   19,305,087     922,384       (844,597)    (289,567)    (9,249,935)   32,245,330
Allocation of shares by
  Employees' Stock
  Ownership Plan                        175,691                                 151,878                                   327,569
Amortization of 
  compensation related 
  to Management Stock 
  Bonus Plan                            108,968                                              193,045                      302,013
Compensation related to 
  stock options granted                   7,658                                                                             7,658
Net income for the year 
  ended September 30,
  1998                                             2,363,798                                                            2,363,798
Cash dividend paid 
  ($0.60 per share)                                 (929,243)                                                            (929,243)
Net change in unrealized 
  gain on available-for-
  sale investment 
  securities                                                    (639,048)                                                (639,048)
Purchase of 360,707 
  treasury shares                                                                                        (8,654,310)   (8,654,310)
                         ---------- ------------ ------------ -----------  ------------- ------------  ------------- -------------
Balance, 
  September 30, 1998      $228,131  $22,466,144  $20,739,642    $283,336      ($692,719)    ($96,522)  ($17,904,245)  $25,023,767
                         ========== ============ ============ ===========  ============= ============  ============= =============
</TABLE>
The Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are an integral part of these
statements.                           F - 4
<PAGE>


                            Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
             For the Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997, and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    1998            1997            1996
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>             <C>         
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
     Net income                                                $  2,363,798    $  2,514,437    $  1,404,226
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
         provided by operating activities:
            Depreciation                                            157,885         113,881         116,278
            Gain on sale of investment securities
              available-for-sale                                   (202,299)       (220,154)        (27,107)
            Decrease in accrued interest receivable                   2,758          72,035         152,435
            Decrease in outstanding checks in excess
              of bank balance                                                      (143,808)       (907,008)
            Increase (decrease) in income taxes                     (38,272)        170,652        (239,364)
            Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and
               accrued expenses                                    (567,513)        111,297       1,257,765
            Amortization of premiums and discounts
              on investments and loans                              (85,099)        (54,424)       (171,438)
            Amortization of mortgage servicing rights                50,692          15,329           2,202
            Provision for losses on loans                           265,000         307,979         134,743
            Sale of loans held-for-sale                          22,831,874      12,956,185       9,679,305
            Gain on sale of mortgage-backed securities
             available-for-sale                                                                    (135,208)
            Gain on sale of loans held-for-sale                    (472,908)       (237,281)        (82,208)
            Origination of loans held-for-sale                  (20,450,773)     (5,896,736)     (9,643,647)
            Purchase of loans held-for-sale                      (1,033,045)       (412,950)       (701,310)
            Amortization related to MSBP and ESOP                   344,923         343,143         329,923
            Other non-cash items, net                               105,714          47,773         290,933
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                         3,272,735       9,687,358       1,460,520
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
     Repayment of loans, net of originations                     (1,076,137)     (4,345,234)    (14,007,163)
     Loans purchased for investment                             (16,852,563)    (30,958,686)    (16,398,206)
     Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities          14,943,744       9,134,312      12,396,168
     Proceeds from sale of mortgage-backed securities
       available-for-sale                                                                        11,490,625
     Acquisition of mortgage-backed securities
       held-to-maturity                                                                          (1,482,865)
     Acquisition of investment securities held-to-maturity      (10,885,469)     (4,300,000)    (16,295,500)
     Acquisition of investment securities available-for-sale     (3,588,429)     (2,413,418)     (2,373,880)
     Acquisition of equity investment                              (250,000)
     Proceeds from sale of investment securities
       available-for-sale                                           647,553         742,989         308,479
     Proceeds from maturities or calls of investment
       securities held-to-maturity                               18,150,000      14,890,000      21,862,135
     Net (increase) decrease in time deposits                      (139,287)        369,369          99,051
     Proceeds from sale of foreclosed assets                        488,420         110,614         130,923
     Acquisition of fixed assets                                   (698,917)       (352,345)        (60,156)
     Other investing activity, net                                 (114,061)        (50,289)         36,111
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities                 624,854     (17,172,688)     (4,294,278)
                                                               ------------    ------------    ------------

</TABLE>

The Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are an integral part of these
statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>


                            Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
              For the Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                   1998             1997             1996
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>              <C>           
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    Net increase (decrease) in deposits                      $  10,058,177    $     919,829    ($  1,142,174)
    Net increase (decrease) in escrow accounts                     231,113              (85)         332,986
    Proceeds from FHLB advances and other borrowings            31,700,000      126,600,000       53,600,000
    Repayment of FHLB advances and other borrowings            (36,200,000)    (113,866,668)     (45,666,666)
    Purchase of treasury stock                                  (8,654,310)      (3,222,729)      (3,526,306)
    Dividends paid                                                (929,243)        (677,675)        (752,393)
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities             (3,794,263)       9,752,672        2,845,447
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents                          103,326        2,267,342           11,689

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                   2,741,052          473,710          462,021
                                                             -------------    -------------    -------------

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                     $   2,844,378    $   2,741,052    $     473,710
                                                             =============    =============    =============


SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES
    Cash paid during the year for:
     Interest on deposits, advances and other
       borrowings                                            $   9,899,846    $   9,895,246    $   8,519,955

     Income taxes                                                1,382,903          954,195        1,018,956

    Transfers from loans to foreclosed real estate                 377,107          489,475           27,411

    Loans to facilitate the sale of foreclosed assets              325,814          122,000           25,954

    Transfer of held-to-maturity mortgage-backed
      securities to available-for-sale                                   -                -       11,355,417

    Transfer of loans held for investment to held-for-sale       2,827,880        5,155,392                -

</TABLE>



The Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  are an integral part of these
statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>


                            Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                        September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996


1.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        Nature of operations:
        Landmark  Bancshares,  Inc. (the Company) is a Kansas corporation and is
        the parent  company of its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  Landmark  Federal
        Savings  Bank (the Bank).  At the  present  time,  the Company  does not
        conduct any active business other than the Bank.

        Landmark  Federal  Savings  Bank  is  primarily  engaged  in  attracting
        deposits from the general public and using those deposits, together with
        other  funds,  to  originate  real estate  loans on one- to four- family
        residences,  commercial  and  consumer  loans.  The  Bank  conducts  its
        business  from its main  office in Dodge  City and also has five  branch
        offices located in Dodge City,  Garden City, Great Bend,  Hoisington and
        LaCrosse,  Kansas.  The Bank also has a loan  origination  office in the
        Kansas  City area.  In  addition,  the Bank  invests in  mortgage-backed
        securities  and  investment  securities.  The Bank offers its  customers
        fixed rate and adjustable  rate mortgage  loans, as well as other loans,
        including commercial, auto, home equity and savings account loans.

        Principles of consolidation:
        The accompanying  consolidated financial statements include the accounts
        of Landmark Bancshares,  Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary,  Landmark
        Federal Savings Bank. Significant intercompany transactions and balances
        have been eliminated.

        Use of estimates:
        The  preparation  of financial  statements in conformity  with generally
        accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
        assumptions  that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities
        and disclosure of contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the
        financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses
        during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ  significantly
        from those estimates.

        Material  estimates  that are  particularly  susceptible  to significant
        change in the near-term relate to the determination of the allowance for
        loan losses and the  valuation  of assets  acquired in  connection  with
        foreclosures  or in  satisfaction  of  loans.  In  connection  with  the
        determination  of the  allowances  for loan losses and the  valuation of
        assets  acquired  by   foreclosure,   management   obtains   independent
        appraisals for significant properties.

        Management  believes  that  the  allowances  for  losses  on  loans  and
        valuations  of  assets   acquired  by   foreclosure   are  adequate  and
        appropriate.  While  management uses available  information to recognize
        losses on loans and assets acquired by  foreclosure,  future loss may be
        accruable based on changes in economic conditions. In addition,  various
        regulatory  agencies,  as an integral part of their examination process,
        periodically  review  the  Bank's  allowances  for  losses  on loans and
        valuations of assets acquired by foreclosure.  Such agencies may require
        the Bank to  recognize  additional  losses  based on their  judgment  of
        information available to them at the time of their examination.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

1.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Cash and cash equivalents:
        Cash and cash  equivalents  include  unrestricted  cash on hand,  demand
        deposits  maintained  in  depository   institutions  and  other  readily
        convertible investments with original maturities when purchased of three
        months or less. All time deposits in other  depository  institutions are
        treated as non-cash equivalents.

        Investment and mortgage-backed securities:
        Regulations  require the Bank to maintain  liquidity  for  maturities of
        deposits and other  short-term  borrowings in cash, U.S.  Government and
        other approved securities.

        Investments,  including  mortgage-backed  securities,  are classified as
        either     held-to-maturity,     trading,     or     available-for-sale.
        Held-to-maturity  securities  are  securities for which the Bank has the
        positive  intent and  ability to hold to  maturity  and are  reported at
        amortized cost.  Trading  securities are securities held principally for
        resale and are reported at fair value, with unrealized  changes in value
        reported  in  the  bank's   income   statement   as  part  of  earnings.
        Available-for-sale  securities  are securities not classified as trading
        nor as held-to-maturity  securities and are also reported at fair value,
        but any unrealized appreciation or depreciation,  net of tax effects are
        reported as a separate component of equity.

        In accordance with the provisions of the Financial  Accounting Standards
        Board A Guide to  Implementation  of  Statement  115 on  Accounting  for
        Certain  Investments  in Debt and Equity  Securities  (the  Guide),  the
        management of the Company in December of 1995 transferred $11,355,417 of
        mortgage-backed  securities  from  held-to-maturity   classification  to
        available-for-sale classification. These securities were sold subsequent
        to the transfer. The transfer was a one-time transaction as provided for
        in the Guide in an effort to restructure and enhance the yield and  rate
        sensitivity of the Company's portfolio of held-to-maturity securities.

        Premiums  and  discounts  are  recognized  in interest  income using the
        interest method over the period to maturity.

        Gains  and  losses  on  the  sale  of  investment  and   mortgage-backed
        securities are determined using the specific-identification  method. All
        sales are made without recourse.

        Loans receivable:
        Loans  receivable that management has intent and ability to hold for the
        foreseeable  future or until  maturity or pay-off are  reported at their
        outstanding  principal balances,  net of undisbursed loan proceeds,  the
        allowance  for loan  losses,  any deferred  fees or costs on  originated
        loans and unamortized premiums or discounts on purchased loans.

        The  allowance  for loan  losses is  increased  by charges to income and
        decreased by  charge-offs  (net of  recoveries).  Management's  periodic
        evaluation  of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Bank's past
        loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse
        situations  that  may  affect  the  borrower's  ability  to  repay,  the
        estimated  value of any  underlying  collateral,  the  current  level of
        non-performing assets and current economic conditions.

        Premiums and  discounts on purchased  residential  real estate loans are
        amortized  to  income  using  the  interest  method  over the  estimated
        remaining period to maturity.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>

1.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Loan  origination  fees and certain  direct  costs are  capitalized  and
        recognized as an adjustment of the yield of the related loan.

        The  accrual of  interest  on  impaired  loans is  discontinued  when in
        management's  opinion,  the borrower  may be unable to meet  payments as
        they become  due.  When  interest  accrual is  discontinued,  all unpaid
        accrued interest is reversed. Interest income is subsequently recognized
        only to the extent cash payments are received.

        Loans held-for-sale:
        Mortgage loans  originated and intended for sale in the secondary market
        are  carried  at the  lower  of cost or  estimated  market  value in the
        aggregate.  Net  unrealized  losses are  recognized  through a valuation
        allowance by charges to income.

        Foreclosed assets:
        Real estate properties  acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are
        to be sold  and are  initially  recorded  at fair  value  at the date of
        foreclosure  establishing a new cost basis.  Valuations are periodically
        performed by management, and an allowance for losses is established by a
        charge to  operations  if the carrying  value of a property  exceeds the
        fair value less  estimated  costs to sell.  Revenue  and  expenses  from
        operations  and changes in the valuation  allowance are included in gain
        or loss on foreclosed real estate. The historical average holding period
        for such property is approximately six months.

        Mortgage servicing rights:

        In  June  1996,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standard  Board issued FASB
        Statement  No. 125,  Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial
        Assets  and   Extinguishments  of  Liabilities.  FASB Statement No. 127,
        Deferral  of  the Effective Date of Certain Provisions of FASB Statement
        No. 125, was  issued  in December  1996 to defer  certain  provisions of
        Statement  125.  The  provisions  of  FASB  No.  125  for  servicing  of
        financial assets have been applied effective January 1, 1997.

        The cost of mortgage servicing rights is amortized in proportion to, and
        over the period of,  estimated  net  servicing  revenues.  Impairment of
        mortgage  servicing  rights is assessed based on the fair value of those
        rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on a
        current market interest rate. For purposes of measuring impairment,  the
        rights are stratified based on loan type,  investor type,  interest rate
        and the life of the loan (15, 20 and 30 years) at the date of sale.  The
        amount of impairment  recognized is the amount by which the  capitalized
        mortgage servicing rights for a stratum exceed their fair value.

        Rights to  future  interest  income  from  serviced  loans  that  exceed
        contractually  specified  servicing fees are classified as interest-only
        strips and accounted for as debt securities that are available-for-sale.
        The Company held no such assets at September 30, 1998 and 1997.

        Prior the  implementation  of SFAS 125, excess servicing fees receivable
        were amortized over the estimated  life using the interest  method.  The
        excess  servicing  fees  receivable  and the  amortization  thereon  was
        periodically  evaluated  in relation to estimated  future net  servicing
        revenues,  taking into consideration  changes in interest rates, current
        prepayment  rates and expected future cash flows. The Bank evaluated the
        carrying  value of the excess  servicing  receivables  by estimating the
        future net servicing income of the excess servicing  receivable based on
        management's best estimate of remaining loan lives.


                                      F-9
<PAGE>

1.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Financial instruments:
        All derivative  financial  instruments  previously held or issued by the
        Company were held or issued for purposes other than trading. The Company
        did not hold or issue any derivative  financial  instruments  during the
        years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

        Off-balance sheet instruments:
        In the ordinary course of business the Bank has entered into off-balance
        sheet financial instruments  consisting of commitments to extend credit,
        commitments  under  credit  card  arrangements,  commercial  letters  of
        credit,  and standby letters of credit.  Such financial  instruments are
        recorded  in the  financial  statements  when they are funded or related
        fees are incurred or received.

        Office properties and equipment:
        Office  properties  and  equipment  are stated at cost less  accumulated
        deprecation.  Depreciation  is  computed  on a  straight-line  basis  or
        accelerated  methods  over the  estimated  useful lives of five to fifty
        years for  buildings  and  improvements  and  three to twenty  years for
        furniture, fixtures, equipment and automobiles.

        Income taxes:
        Deferred tax assets and liabilities  are reflected at currently  enacted
        income  tax rates  applicable  to the period in which the  deferred  tax
        assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes
        in tax laws or rates are enacted,  deferred  tax assets and  liabilities
        are adjusted through the provision for income taxes.

        Stock-based compensation:
        In  October  1995,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  123,   Accounting  for
        Stock-Based Compensation.  This Statement establishes a fair-value-based
        method of accounting  for stock  compensation  plans with  employees and
        others.  It applies to all  arrangements  under which employees  receive
        shares of stock or other  equity  instruments  of the  employer,  or the
        employer  incurs  liabilities to employees in amounts based on the price
        of the employer's  stock.  The Company has adopted the  recognition  and
        measurement  provisions  of SFAS No. 123  effective  for the fiscal year
        beginning  October 1, 1996.  SFAS No. 123  effects the  Company's  stock
        options granted after October 1, 1996.  These options are recognized and
        measured in accordance with the fair-value-based method of accounting.

        Impact of new accounting standards:
        In June 1997,  the FASB  issued SFAS No.  130,  Reporting  Comprehensive
        Income.  SFAS 130  establishes  standards of  disclosure  and  financial
        statement  display  for  reporting  total  comprehensive  income and the
        individual  components  thereof.  This Statement requires that all items
        that  are  required  to be  recognized  under  accounting  standards  as
        components of comprehensive  income be reported in a financial statement
        that  is  displayed  with  the  same   prominence  as  other   financial
        statements.  This  Statement  requires that an  enterprise  (a) classify
        items of other  comprehensive  income  by their  nature  in a  financial
        statement and (b) display the accumulated balance of other comprehensive
        income separately from retained earnings and additional  paid-in capital
        in the  equity  section  of a  statement  of  financial  position.  This
        Statement is effective  for fiscal years  beginning  after  December 15,
        1997.  Reclassification  of  financial  statements  for earlier  periods
        provided for comparative  purposes is required.  SFAS No. 130 provisions
        are only of a disclosure nature and at present the only significant item
        having an impact on the Company's financial  statements is the inclusion
        of unrealized gain or loss, net of tax, on available-for-sale securities
        as a component of comprehensive  income.  Management of the Company will
        adopt the provisions of this statement effective October 1, 1998.


                                      F-10
<PAGE>

1.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        FASB  issued  Statement  No.  131,  Disclosures  about  Segments  of  an
        Enterprise and Related  Information,  in June 1997. SFAS 131 establishes
        new standards for  determining a reportable  segment and for  disclosing
        information  regarding each such segment. This Statement requires that a
        public business enterprise report financial and descriptive  information
        about  its  reportable   operating  segments.   Operating  segments  are
        components of an enterprise about which separate  financial  information
        is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision
        maker  in  deciding   how  to  allocate   resources   and  in  assessing
        performance.  This Statement requires that a public business  enterprise
        report a measure of segment profit or loss, certain specific revenue and
        expense  items,  and segment  assets.  However,  this Statement does not
        require an  enterprise  to report  information  that is not prepared for
        internal use if reporting it would be  impracticable.  Statement  131 is
        effective for financial  statements for periods beginning after December
        15, 1997. In the initial year of  application,  comparative  information
        for earlier years is to be restated. SFAS No. 131 provisions are only of
        a  disclosure  nature  and the  Company  currently  does  not  have  any
        components that would be considered separate operating segments.

        In February 1998, FASB issued Statement No. 132, Employers'  Disclosures
        about  Pensions  and Other  Postretirement  Benefits.  SFAS 132  revises
        employers'  disclosures about pension and other  postretirement  benefit
        plans. It does not change the measurement or recognition of those plans.
        It  standardizes  the  disclosure  requirements  for  pensions and other
        postretirement  benefits to the extent practicable,  requires additional
        information  on changes in the  benefit  obligations  and fair values of
        plan assets that will  facilitate  financial  analysis,  and  eliminates
        certain  disclosures that are no longer as useful as they were when FASB
        Statements  No. 87, 88 and 106 were issued.  The  Statement is effective
        for fiscal years beginning  after December 15, 1997 earlier  application
        is  encouraged.  SFAS No.  132 will not have a  material  effect  on the
        Company's financial statements. Management of the Company will adopt the
        provisions of this statement effective October 1, 1998.

        In  June  1998,  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  133  entitled  Accounting  for
        Derivative  Instruments and Hedging Activities.  This statement requires
        the recognition of all derivative financial instruments as either assets
        or liabilities in the statement of financial position and measurement of
        those  instruments  at fair value.  The  accounting for gains and losses
        associated with changes in the fair value of a derivative and the effect
        on the  consolidated  financial  statements  will  depend  on its  hedge
        designation  and  whether  the hedge is highly  effective  in  achieving
        offsetting  changes  in the  fair  value or cash  flows of the  asset or
        liability hedged.  Under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, the method that
        will be used for assessing the effectiveness of a hedging derivative, as
        well as the measurement approach for determining the ineffective aspects
        of the hedge,  must be  established  at the inception of the hedge.  The
        methods must be consistent with the entity's approach to managing risk.

        SFAS No.  133 is  effective  for all  fiscal  quarters  of fiscal  years
        beginning  after  June 15,  1999,  with  initial  application  as of the
        beginning  of  an  entity's  fiscal  quarter;   on  that  date,  hedging
        relationships  must be designated  anew and  documented  pursuant to the
        provisions of this Statement.  Earlier application is encouraged, but is
        permitted only as of the beginning of any fiscal quarter beginning after
        June 15, 1999. Retroactive  application to financial statements of prior
        periods is prohibited.  Management of the Company has not determined the
        quarter in which to adopt the  provisions of this statement and does not
        believe that such adoption will have a material  effect on the Company's
        financial position, liquidity or results of operations.


                                      F-11
<PAGE>


1.      Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        Earnings per share:
        The Company  adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 128,  entitled  Earnings
        Per Share  effective  December 15, 1997, and  accordingly,  restated all
        prior  period  earnings  per share to conform  with SFAS No.  128.  This
        statement  requires dual presentation with equal prominence of basic and
        diluted  earnings per share (EPS) for income from continuing  operations
        and for net income on the face of the income  statement for all entities
        with complex  capital  structures and requires a  reconciliation  of the
        numerator and  denominator of the basic EPS computation to the numerator
        and  denominator  of the diluted  EPS  computation.  Basic EPS  excludes
        dilution  and  is  computed  by  dividing  income  available  to  common
        stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding
        for the period.  Diluted EPS reflects the potential  dilution that could
        occur if  securities  or other  contracts  to issue  common  stock  were
        exercised or converted  into common stock or resulted in the issuance of
        common stock that then shared in the earnings of the entity. See Note 12
        for additional information.

        Financial statement presentation:
        Certain items in prior year financial  statements have been reclassified
        to conform to the 1998 presentation.

2.      Investment Securities

        The amortized cost and estimated market values of investment  securities
        at September 30 are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  September 30, 1998
                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                 Gross        Gross        Estimated
                                 Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized       Market
                                   Cost          Gains        Losses          Value
                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                             <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>        
Held-to-maturity:
 Government Agency Securities   $10,000,433   $    57,975   $         -   $10,058,408
 Municipal Obligations            1,575,000        47,736                   1,622,736
                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                $11,575,433   $   105,711   $         -   $11,681,144
                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Available-for-sale:
 Common Stock                   $ 5,337,064   $ 1,056,107   $   592,761   $ 5,800,410
 Stock in Federal Home Loan
   Bank, at cost                  3,210,500                                 3,210,500
 Corporate Bonds                    200,000                                   200,000
 Other                               10,000                                    10,000
                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                $ 8,757,564   $ 1,056,107   $   592,761   $ 9,220,910
                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


                                      F-12

<PAGE>


2.      Investment Securities (Continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   September 30, 1997
                                -----------------------------------------------------
                                                 Gross        Gross       Estimated
                                 Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized      Market
                                    Cost         Gains        Losses        Value
                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>        
Held-to-maturity:
 Government Agency Securities   $17,297,942   $    85,039   $    42,512   $17,340,469
 Municipal Obligations            1,540,000        28,908         1,992     1,566,916
                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                $18,837,942   $   113,947   $    44,504   $18,907,385
                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========

Available-for-sale:
 Common Stock                   $ 2,578,390   $ 1,508,395   $         -   $ 4,086,785
 Stock in Federal Home Loan
   Bank, at cost                  2,976,000                                   2,976,000
 Corporate Bonds                     50,000                                      50,000
 Other                               10,000                                      10,000
                                -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                $ 5,614,390   $ 1,508,395   $         -   $ 7,122,785
                                ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

        Government  agency  securities  above  include bonds and notes issued by
        various  government  agencies.  Those  agencies  include the  following:
        Federal Farm Credit,  Fannie Mae,  Freddie Mac, Sallie Mae, Federal Home
        Loan  Bank,  Resolution  Trust  Corporation,  and the  Tennessee  Valley
        Authority.

        Federal Home Loan Bank members are required to maintain an investment in
        stock at an amount equal to a percentage of outstanding  home loans. For
        disclosure  purposes such stock, which is carried at cost, is assumed to
        have a market value that is equal to cost.

        The  amortized  cost and  estimated  market value of debt  securities by
        contractual maturity as of September 30, 1998 are shown below.  Expected
        maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may
        have the right to call or prepay  obligations  with or  without  call or
        prepayment penalties.  The equity securities have been excluded from the
        maturity  table below  because they do not have  contractual  maturities
        associated with debt securities.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      September 30, 1998
                                         ------------------------------------------------------
                                             Held-to-Maturity           Available-for-Sale
                                         -------------------------   --------------------------

                                          Amortized    Estimated      Amortized     Estimated
                                             Cost     Market Value      Cost       Market Value
                                         -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                      <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>        
Due in one year or less                  $ 2,000,000   $ 2,000,104   $         -   $         -
Due after one year through five years      1,740,000     1,761,903
Due after five years through ten years     7,835,433     7,919,137       150,000       150,000
Due after ten years                                                       50,000        50,000
                                         -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                                         $11,575,433   $11,681,144   $   200,000   $   200,000
                                         ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>




                                      F-13

<PAGE>



2.      Investment Securities (Continued)

        Gross  realized  gains and  (losses) on sales of  investment  securities
        during the years ended September 30 are as follows:

                                         1998       1997       1996      
                                        --------   --------   --------
       Available-for-sale securities:
            Realized gains              $202,299   $220,154   $ 27,107
            Realized losses                    -          -          -
                                        --------   --------   --------
                                        $202,299   $220,154   $ 27,107
                                        ========   ========   ========

        Proceeds  from sales of  available-for-sale  securities  were  $647,553,
        $742,989 and $308,479 for the years ended  September 30, 1998,  1997 and
        1996, respectively.  During the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and
        1996,   sales   consisted  of  common   stock  of  unrelated   financial
        corporations.

        Investment   securities   with  a  carrying  amount  of  $9,200,000  and
        $2,000,000 as of September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively, were pledged
        as collateral for public funds as discussed in Note 9.

3.      Mortgage-Backed Securities

        Mortgage-backed  securities,  all of which were classified as   held-to-
        maturity  at September 30, 1998 and 1997, consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           September 30, 1998
                               -----------------------------------------------------
                                                Gross        Gross        Estimated
                                Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized       Market
                                  Cost          Gains        Losses         Value
                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------

<S>                           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>        
GNMA - fixed rate              $   229,898   $     6,711   $         -   $   236,609
FNMA - ARMs                      8,841,621       134,117         4,066     8,971,672
FHLMC - ARMs                     2,814,514        44,772           845     2,858,441
FHLMC - fixed rate                 128,174         2,905                     131,079
FNMA - fixed rate                  448,123        28,827                     476,950
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations-government
  agency issue                   7,058,687        67,667         2,432     7,123,922
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations-private issues     2,202,738         7,108         1,549     2,208,297
                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                               $21,723,755   $   292,107   $     8,892   $22,006,970
                               ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>



                                      F-14


<PAGE>


3.      Mortgage-Backed Securities (Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   September 30, 1997
                               -----------------------------------------------------
                                                Gross        Gross       Estimated
                                Amortized     Unrealized   Unrealized      Market
                                  Cost          Gains        Losses        Value
                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
<S>                            <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>        
GNMA - fixed rate              $   373,311   $    13,200   $         0   $   386,511
FNMA - ARMs                     13,157,644       190,254        25,145    13,322,753
FHLMC - ARMs                     4,768,042       114,215         2,003     4,880,254
FHLMC - fixed rate                 245,443         6,035           740       250,738
FNMA - fixed rate                  589,777        24,017                     613,794
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations-government
  agency issue                  13,310,277        38,128        70,443    13,277,962
Collateralized mortgage
  obligations-private issues     4,245,057         6,425        49,719     4,201,763
                               -----------   -----------   -----------   -----------
                              $36,689,551   $   392,274   $   148,050   $36,933,775
                               ===========   ===========   ===========   ===========
</TABLE>

        Collateralized  mortgage  obligations consist of floating rate and fixed
        rate notes with varying contractual principal  maturities.  The Bank has
        no principal only,  interest only, or residual  collateralized  mortgage
        obligations.

        Proceeds  from sales of  mortgage-backed  securities  available-for-sale
        were $0, $0, and  $11,490,625  for years ended  September 30, 1998, 1997
        and 1996,  respectively.  Sales for the year ended  September  30,  1996
        consisted  of  mortgage-backed  securities  that were  transferred  from
        held-to-maturity   to   available-for-sale   in  December  1995.   These
        securities were transferred in accordance with the one-time  transaction
        allowed  under the FASB  Implementation  Guide,  see Note 1 for  further
        discussion.

        Gross realized gains and (losses) on sales of mortgage-backed securities
        during the years ended September 30 are as follows:

                               1998        1997       1996    
                             --------    --------   --------
           
           Realized gains    $      -    $      -   $144,885
           Realized losses                            (9,677)
                             --------    --------   --------
           
                             $      -    $      -   $135,208
                             ========    ========   ========
           



        Mortgage-backed  securities with a carrying  amount  of $17,352,579  and
        $9,067,094 at September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively, were pledged as
        collateral for public funds as discussed in Note 9.

                                      F-15

<PAGE>


4.      Loans Receivable

        Loans receivable at September 30, are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                September 30,
                                                        ------------------------------
                                                            1998             1997
                                                        -------------    -------------
<S>                                                    <C>              <C>          
Real estate loans:
       Residential                                      $ 129,688,030    $ 125,470,688
       Construction                                         1,386,224        1,936,517
       Commercial                                           4,936,897        2,666,395
       Second mortgage                                     10,071,744        9,986,176
Commercial business                                         8,578,694        4,049,950
Consumer                                                   19,049,741       14,850,445

Gross loans                                               173,711,330      158,960,171
                                                       -------------    -------------

Less:  Net deferred loan fees, premiums and discounts        (250,323)        (318,945)
          Allowance for loan losses                        (1,136,753)        (968,623)
                                                        -------------    -------------
Total loans, net                                        $ 172,324,254    $ 157,672,603
                                                        =============    =============

</TABLE>

        The  following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for loss on
        loans:

                                      1998           1997           1996
                                  -----------    -----------    -----------

Balance, beginning                $   968,623    $   740,346    $   643,547
Provision charged to operations       265,000        307,979        134,743
Loans charged off                    (107,070)       (92,243)       (38,631)
Recoveries                             10,200         12,541            687
                                  -----------    -----------    -----------
Balance, ending                   $ 1,136,753    $   968,623    $   740,346
                                  ===========    ===========    ===========


        Impairment of loans having recorded investments of $505,547 at September
        30, 1998 and  $371,769 at  September  30, 1997 have been  recognized  in
        conformity with FASB Statement No. 114, as amended by FASB Statement No.
        118. The average recorded  investment in impaired loans during the years
        ended   September   30,  1998  and  1997  was  $438,658  and   $249,450,
        respectively.  Allowances  for loss on these  loans are  included in the
        above analysis of the overall allowance for loss on loans.  There are no
        specific loss provisions  associated with impaired loans as of September
        30, 1998 and 1997. Interest income on impaired loans of $31,803, $25,662
        and $8,460 was recognized for cash payments  received for the year ended
        September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively.

        It is Bank policy not to modify  interest  rates below the then  current
        market rate on loans  associated with troubled debt  restructuring.  The
        Bank is not  committed to lend  additional  funds to debtors whose loans
        have been modified.

        See Note 19 for disclosure of loans to related parties.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>


5.      Mortgage Servicing Rights

        Mortgage loans serviced for others are not included in the  accompanying
        statements  of financial  condition.  The unpaid  principal  balances of
        these loans at September 30 are summarized as follows:

                                 1998          1997          1996      
                             -----------   -----------   -----------
           
           FHLMC             $58,336,823   $54,658,716   $52,343,707
           Other investors     1,809,812     1,108,734     1,396,481
                             -----------   -----------   -----------
           
                             $60,146,635   $55,767,450   $53,740,188
                             ===========   ===========   ===========

        Custodial  escrow  balances  maintained in connection with the foregoing
        loan  servicing  and  included in demand  deposits,  were  approximately
        $176,432 and $150,840 at September 30, 1998 and 1997.

        The following is an analysis of the changes in mortgage servicing rights
        during the year ended September 30, 1998 and 1997:
                                                          

                                     1998         1997      
                                  ---------    ---------
             
             Balance, beginning   $  96,199    $       -
             Additions              180,311      111,528
             Amortization           (50,675)     (15,329)
                                  ---------    ---------
             
             Balance, ending      $ 225,835    $  96,199
                                  =========    =========

        There were no mortgage  servicing rights capitalized or amortized during
        the year ended  September 30, 1996. No valuation  allowance was recorded
        against  mortgage  servicing  rights at September 30, 1998 and 1997. For
        the year ended September 30, 1996  amortization of excess servicing fees
        retained was $2,202.

6.      Accrued Income Receivable

        Accrued interest receivable at September 30 is summarized as follows:


             .                                1998         1997
                                          ----------   ----------
             
             Mortgage-backed securities   $  138,525   $  233,811
             Loans receivable              1,054,602      957,036
             Investments                     250,720      255,758
                                          ----------   ----------
             
                                          $1,443,847   $1,446,605
                                          ==========   ==========
             
7.      Foreclosed Assets

        Real estate owned or in judgment and other repossessed assets consist of
        the following:
  

                                                       September
                                                   -------------------

                                                     1998       1997
                                                   --------   --------
             
             Real estate acquired by foreclosure   $      -   $232,851
             Real estate loans in judgment
               and subject to redemption             56,589     19,099
             Other foreclosed assets                 14,350
                                                   --------   --------
                                                   $ 70,939   $251,950
                                                   ========   ========


                                      F-17
<PAGE>

7.      Foreclosed Assets (Continued)

        There was no activity in the allowance for loss account  for  the  years
        ended  September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996.

8.      Office Properties and Equipment

        Office  properties  and  equipment  are stated at cost less  accumulated
        depreciation as follows:


                                                         September 30,      
                                                   -----------------------
        
                                                      1998         1997
                                                   ----------   ----------
        
        Land                                       $  298,366   $  298,366
        Office building and improvements            1,934,541    1,503,037
        Furniture, fixtures and equipment           1,163,365      927,977
        Automobiles                                    11,544        9,642
                                                   ----------   ----------
                                                    3,407,816    2,739,022
        Less accumulated depreciation               1,678,534    1,550,772
                                                   ----------   ----------
                                                   $1,729,282   $1,188,250
                                                   ==========   ==========
        Depreciation expense ($116,278 for 1996)   $  157,885   $  113,881
                                                   ==========   ==========



9.     Deposits




        Deposits at September 30 are summarized as follows:

                                            1998           1997
                                         ------------   ------------
       
        Demand  accounts:
             Interest-bearing            $ 17,131,980   $ 18,549,636
             Non-interest bearing           3,655,520      3,254,991
                                          ------------   ------------
        
                 Total demand accounts     20,787,500     21,804,627
        Savings deposits                    6,520,220      5,715,254
        Certificates of deposit           127,485,196    117,214,858
                                         ------------   ------------
                                         $154,792,916   $144,734,739
                                         ============   ============

        The  aggregate  amount of jumbo  certificates  of deposit with a minimum
        denomination  of  $100,000  as  of  September  30,  1998  and  1997  was
        approximately   $21,681,643  and  $11,174,463,   respectively.   Deposit
        accounts as of September 30, 1998 included  public funds of $13,902,580.
        Public  funds  were   collateralized   by  investment   securities   and
        mortgage-backed securities as discussed in Notes 2 and 3.

        At September 30, 1998,  scheduled  maturities of certificates of deposit
        are as follows:

                      Year Ending September 30,                   
          ---------------------------------------------------
          
                              1999                $ 88,891,755
                              2000                  30,914,111
                              2001                   4,537,539
                              2002                   1,449,876
                              2003                   1,691,915
                                       ------------------------
          
                                                  $127,485,196
                                       ========================
          

                                      F-18
<PAGE>


10.     Advances and other Borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank

        Advances  and  other  borrowings  from  the  Federal  Home Loan Bank  at
        September 30 are  summarized as follows:


                                     1998          1997      
                                 -----------   -----------
                
                Advances         $33,700,000   $36,200,000
                Line of credit     8,000,000    10,000,000
                                 -----------   -----------
                
                                 $41,700,000   $46,200,000
                                 ===========   ===========




        Advances  and  other  borrowings  from the  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank at
        September 30 consist of the following:

                                  1998                        1997
    Fiscal         ------------------------------------------------------------
     Year                              Weighted                    Weighted
   Maturity              Amount       Average Rate    Amount        Average Rate
- ----------------   ----------------  ------------  ------------  --------------

           1998        $         -             %   $28,000,000          6.30 %
           1999         26,700,000        5.78      14,200,000          5.91
           2000          4,000,000        5.99       4,000,000          6.09
           2001
           2002
           2003          6,000,000        5.05
  Thereafter             5,000,000        4.99

                   ----------------  ------------  ------------  --------------

                       $41,700,000        5.60 %   $46,200,000          6.16 %
                   ================  ============  ============  ==============

        At September  30, 1998 the Company had  $8,000,000  outstanding  under a
        $30,000,000  line of credit with the Federal Home Loan Bank. All amounts
        outstanding under the line of credit are payable on February 5, 1999 and
        bear interest at the line of credit rate established by the Federal Home
        Loan  Bank.  This rate is  adjusted  from  time to time,  the rate as of
        September  30,  1998 was 6.03%.  At  September  30, 1997 the Company had
        $10,000,000 outstanding under a $30,000,000 line of credit, due February
        5, 1998.

        The advances and line of credit are  collateralized  as of September 30,
        1998 and 1997 by a  blanket  pledge  agreement,  including  all stock in
        Federal  Home  Loan  Bank,  qualifying  first  mortgage  loans,  certain
        mortgage-related securities and other investment securities.

11.     Income Taxes

        The Company and subsidiary file consolidated federal income tax returns.
        The Company's effective income tax rate was different than the statutory
        federal income tax rate for the following reasons:





                                                      1998     1997     1996
                                                      ----   ------   ------

Statuatory federal income tax                         34.0 %   34.0 %   34.0 %
Increase (reductions) resulting from:
     Kansas Privilege Tax                              3.6      3.9      4.3
     Other                                             0.5      0.2     (2.6)
                                                     -----   ------   ------
                                                      38.1 %   38.1 %   35.7 %
                                                     =====   ======   ======


                                      F-19

<PAGE>

11.     Income Taxes (Continued)

        Deferred taxes are included in the accompanying  Statements of Financial
        Condition at September  30, 1998 and 1997 for the  estimated  future tax
        effects of  differences  between  the  financial  statement  and federal
        income  tax basis of assets  and  liabilities  given the  provisions  of
        currently enacted tax laws.

        The net deferred tax asset  (liability)  at September  30, 1998 and 1997
        were comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              1998           1997
                                                          -----------    -----------
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>        
Deferred tax asset:
       Deferred loan fees and costs                       $    24,091    $    37,087
       Allowance for loan losses                              418,780        369,723
       Deferred compensation and accrued salaries             139,101        126,777
       Equity investment in partnership                        32,797
       Accrued expenses                                        11,052
                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                              625,821        533,587
                                                          -----------    -----------

Deferred tax liabilities:
       Accumulated depreciation                                (1,566)        (4,545)
       Special bad debt deduction                            (230,120)      (298,034)
       FHLB stock dividends                                  (412,064)      (337,432)
       Investment basis                                       (12,141)
       Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities      (180,010)      (586,011)
                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                             (835,901)    (1,226,022)
                                                          -----------    -----------
                                                          ($  210,080)   ($  692,435)
                                                          ===========    ===========
</TABLE>

                                                             
        No  valuation  allowance  was  recorded  against  deferred tax assets at
        September 30, 1998 or 1997.

        Prior to the year  ended  September  30,  1997,  the Bank was  allowed a
        special bad debt deduction  based on a percentage of taxable income (8%)
        or on  specified  experience  formulas,  subject to certain  limitations
        based upon aggregate loan balances at the end of the year. The Bank used
        the percentage of taxable income method in 1996.

        Effective with the tax year  beginning  October 1, 1996, the Bank was no
        longer able to use the  percentage of taxable income method and began to
        recapture tax bad debt reserves of $936,968 over a six year period.  The
        reserves to be recaptured  consist of bad debt deductions after December
        31, 1987.  If the amounts  deducted  prior to December 31, 1987 are used
        for purposes other than for loan losses,  such as in a  distribution  in
        liquidation  or  otherwise,  the  amounts  deducted  would be subject to
        federal income tax at the then current  corporate tax rate. The Bank had
        recorded a deferred tax asset  related to the  allowance for loan losses
        reported for financial  reporting  purposes and a deferred tax liability
        for special bad debt  deductions  after  December 31, 1987. The Bank, in
        accordance  with SFAS No. 109, has not recorded a deferred tax liability
        of  approximately  $1,900,000  related to  approximately  $5,585,000  of
        cumulative special bad debt deductions prior to December 31, 1987.


<PAGE>



12.     Earnings Per Share

        The following is a reconciliation  of the numerators and denominators of
        the basic and diluted per share computations for income:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          
                                                   Income           Shares      Per Share
                                                  Numerator)     (Denominator)   Amount
                                                  -----------    -------------   -------
<S>                                              <C>               <C>           <C>  
Year ended September 30, 1998:
Basic EPS
     Income available to common stockholders      $2,363,798        1,518,482     $1.56
                                                                                 =======
Effect of dilutive securities
     MSBP shares                                                        6,366
     Stock options                                                    140,102
                                                  -----------    -------------
                                                  $2,363,798        1,664,950     $1.42
                                                  ===========    =============   =======

Year ended September 30, 1997:
Basic EPS
     Income available to common stockholders      $2,514,437        1,652,339     $1.52
                                                                                 =======
Effect of dilutive securities
     MSBP shares                                                        9,967
     Stock options                                                    111,815
                                                  -----------    -------------
                                                  $2,514,437        1,774,121     $1.42
                                                  ===========    =============   =======

Year ended September 30, 1996:
Basic EPS
     Income available to common stockholders      $1,404,226        1,810,182     $0.78
                                                                                 =======
Effect of dilutive securities
     MSBP shares                                                        9,402
     Stock options                                                     72,860
                                                  -----------    -------------
                                                  $1,404,226        1,892,444     $0.74
                                                  ===========    =============   =======
</TABLE>

        As discussed in Note 1, the Company  adopted SFAS No. 128,  Earnings Per
        Share,  effective for the year ended  September 30, 1998.  The Statement
        requires  restatement  of  all  prior-period  earnings  per  share  data
        presented. The following is the EPS data as originally presented:
                                                           
                                              1997            1996
                                            ---------   -------------

Primary:
       Earnings per share                   $    1.40   $        0.72
                                            =========   =============

       Weighted average common and common
          shares outstanding                1,800,585       1,937,820
                                            =========   =============

Fully diluted:
       Earnings per share                   $    1.37   $        0.72
                                            =========   =============

       Weighted average common and common
          shares outstanding                1,832,882       1,953,774
                                            =========   =============

                                      F-21

<PAGE>

13.     Regulatory Matters

        The  Bank  is  subject  to  various  regulatory   capital   requirements
        administered  by the federal banking  agencies.  Failure to meet minimum
        capital  requirements  can  initiate  certain  mandatory--and   possibly
        additional  discretionary--actions  by regulators  that, if  undertaken,
        could have a direct material effect on the Bank's financial  statements.
        Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and the  regulatory  framework for
        prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines
        that involve  quantitative  measures of the Bank's assets,  liabilities,
        and certain  off-balance  sheet  items as  calculated  under  regulatory
        accounting practices.  The Bank's capital amounts and classification are
        also  subject  to  qualitative   judgments  by  the   regulators   about
        components, risk weightings, and other factors.

        Quantitative  measures  established  by  regulation  to  ensure  capital
        adequacy  require the Bank to maintain  minimum  amounts and ratios (set
        forth in the table  below) of core and  tangible  capital (as defined in
        the  regulations)  to assets (as defined) and core and total  capital to
        risk weight assets (as defined).  Management  believes,  as of September
        30, 1998, that the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which
        it is subject.

        As of September 30, 1998, the most recent  notification  from the Office
        of Thrift  Supervision  (OTS)  categorized the Bank as well  capitalized
        under the  regulatory  framework  for prompt  corrective  action.  To be
        categorized  as well  capitalized  the Bank must maintain  minimum total
        risk-based,  Tier I risk-based,  and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth
        in the table.  There are no conditions or events since that notification
        that management believes have changed the Bank's category.

        The Bank's actual  capital  amounts (in  thousands)  and ratios are also
        presented in the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 To Be Well
                                                                              Capitalized Under
                                                          For Capital         Prompt Corrective
                                         Actual         Adequacy Purposes:    Action Provisions:
                                  -------------------   ------------------    -------------------
                                    Amount     Ratio       Amount  Ratio       Amount      Ratio   
                                  ---------   -------     -------  ------     --------    ------- 
<S>                               <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>      <C>          <C>    
As of September 30, 1998:                                                     
Total (Risk-Based) Capital                                                    
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)     $17,725     14.4%     $ 9,825     8.0%     $12,282      10.0%  
Core (Tier I) Capital                                                         
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)      16,589     13.5%         N/A                7,369       6.0%
Core (Tier I) Capital - leverage                                              
     (to Assets)                    16,589      7.4%       8,917     4.0%      11,158       5.0%
                                                                              
As of September 30, 1997:                                                     
Tangible Capital (to Assets)       $26,895     12.0%     $ 3,349     1.5%     $   N/A
Total (Risk-Based) Capital                                                    
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)      27,864     25.8%       8,627     8.0%      10,784      10.0%
Core (Tier I) Capital                                                         
     (to Risk Weighted Assets)      26,895     24.9%         N/A                6,470       6.0%
Core (Tier I) Capital - leverage                                              
     (to Assets)                    26,895     12.0%       6,698     3.0%      11,168       5.0%
</TABLE>
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                                                              
                                      F-22                                

<PAGE>


13.     Regulatory Matters (Continued)

        The following is a reconciliation of net worth to regulatory  capital as
        reported  in  the  September 30, 1998 and 1997 reports to the Office  of
        Thrift Supervision:
                                                           
                                                       September 30,
                                              ------------------------------
                                                   1998             1997
                                              -------------    -------------

Bank net worth per report to OTS              $  16,815,000    $  26,991,000
Rounding                                                (74)            (126)
                                              -------------    -------------
Net worth as reported in accompanying
     financial statements (bank only)            16,814,926       26,990,874
Adjustments to arrive at Core (Tier I)
     and Tangible Capital:
Disallowed servicing assets                        (226,000)         (96,000)
                                              -------------    -------------

Core (Tier I) and Tangible Capital               16,588,926       26,894,874
Adjustments to arrive at Total Capital:
     Allowable portion of general allowance
          allowance for loan losses               1,136,000          969,000
                                              -------------    -------------

Total Risk-Based Capital                      $  17,724,926    $  27,863,874
                                              =============    =============

Risk weight assets                            $ 122,817,000    $ 107,838,000
                                              =============    =============

14.     Contingencies

        The Company is at times a defendant in certain  claims and legal actions
        arising  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business.   In  the  opinion  of
        management,   after  consultation  with  legal  counsel,   the  ultimate
        disposition  of such matters is not expected to have a material  adverse
        effect on the consolidated financial condition of the Company.

15.     Employee Benefit Plans

        Employee Retirement Plan:
        The Bank  has  adopted  a  401(k)  defined  contribution  savings  plan.
        Substantially  all employees are covered  under the  contributory  plan.
        Pension costs  attributable  to the years ended September 30, 1998, 1997
        and 1996 were $29,847, $27,274 and $26,218, respectively,  including all
        current service costs.

        Deferred Compensation Agreements:
        The Bank has entered into deferred compensation  agreements with certain
        key  employees  which  provide for cash  payments to be made after their
        retirement.  The liabilities  under the agreements have been recorded at
        the present  values of accrued  benefits  using a 7% interest  rate. The
        balance of  estimated  accrued  benefits  was  $205,707  and $165,636 at
        September  30,  1998 and  1997,  respectively.  In  connection  with the
        deferred compensation agreements,  the Bank has purchased life insurance
        policies on covered  employees in which the Bank is the  beneficiary  to
        assist in funding  benefits.  At September  30, 1998 and 1997,  the cash
        surrender   values  on  the  policies   were   $522,791  and   $501,638,
        respectively.

        Employee Stock Ownership Plan:
        Upon  conversion  from mutual to stock  form,  the Bank  established  an
        employee  stock  ownership  plan  (ESOP).  The original  acquisition  of
        136,878  shares of  Company  stock by the plan was funded by a loan from
        the Company to the ESOP, in the amount of $1,368,780. The loan, together
        with  interest,  is to be repaid over a ten year period  through  annual
        contributions by the Bank.

                                      F-23

<PAGE>

15.     Employee Benefit Plans (Continued)

        The Bank makes annual contributions to the ESOP equal to the ESOP's debt
        service less dividends  received by the ESOP. All dividends  received by
        the ESOP are used to pay debt service.  The ESOP shares  initially  were
        pledged as collateral  for its debt.  As the debt is repaid,  shares are
        released from the collateral and will be allocated to active  employees,
        based on the  proportion  of debt  service  paid in the  year.  The Bank
        accounts for its ESOP shares in  accordance  with  Statement of Position
        No. 93-6.  Accordingly,  the debt of the ESOP is recorded as debt of the
        Bank and the shares  pledged as collateral are reported as unearned ESOP
        shares in the  Statement of  Financial  Condition.  As of September  30,
        l998,  the  balance of  indebtedness  from the ESOP to the  Company  was
        $692,719, which is shown as a deduction from stockholders' equity on the
        consolidated  balance  sheet.  The  debt,  which is  accounted  for as a
        liability  of the  Bank  and a  receivable  for the  Company,  has  been
        eliminated in consolidation. As shares are released from collateral, the
        Company reports  compensation  expense equal to the current market price
        of the shares,  and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share
        (EPS) computations. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares are recorded as a
        reduction of retained earnings, dividends on unallocated ESOP shares are
        recorded as compensation expense. ESOP compensation expense was $298,320
        and  $257,375  for  the  years  ended   September  30,  1998  and  1997,
        respectively.  As of September 30, 1998, of the 133,018 shares  acquired
        by the ESOP,  48,558  shares  were  allocated  and  84,460  shares  were
        unallocated. The 84,460 unallocated shares had an estimated market value
        of $1,858,120 at September 30, 1998.

        Management Stock Bonus Plan:
        In  connection  with  the  stock  conversion,  the  Bank  adopted  three
        Management Stock Bonus Plans  (collectively  the MSBP), the objective of
        which is to  enable  the Bank to  retain  personnel  of  experience  and
        ability in key  positions of  responsibility.  All employees of the Bank
        are eligible to receive benefits under the MSBP. Benefits may be granted
        at  the  sole  discretion  of a  committee  appointed  by the  Board  of
        Directors.  The  MSBP  is  managed  by  trustees  who  are  non-employee
        directors  and  who  have  the   responsibility   to  invest  all  funds
        contributed by the Bank to the trusts created for the MSBP.

        The  MSBP  has  purchased  91,252  shares  of the  Company's  stock  for
        $965,224.  These  shares were  granted in the form of  restricted  stock
        payable over a five-year  period at the rate of one-fifth of such shares
        per year following the date of grant of the award. Compensation expense,
        in the amount of the fair market  value of the common  stock at the date
        of the grant to the employee,  will be recognized pro rata over the five
        years  during  which  the  shares  are  payable.  A  recipient  of  such
        restricted  stock will be entitled  to all voting and other  stockholder
        rights,  except  that the  shares,  while  restricted,  may not be sold,
        pledged or otherwise  disposed of and are required to be held in escrow.
        If a holder of such restricted stock  terminates  employment for reasons
        other than death,  disability or retirement,  the employee  forfeits all
        rights to the allocated shares under  restriction.  If the participant's
        service  terminates  as a result of death,  disability,  retirement or a
        change in control of the Bank,  all  restrictions  expire and all shares
        allocated become unrestricted.  The Board of Directors can terminate the
        MSBP at any time,  and if it does so,  any  shares  not  allocated  will
        revert to the Company.

16.     Stock Option Plan

        In connection with the stock  conversion,  the Bank's Board of Directors
        adopted the 1994 Stock  Option Plan (the Option  Plan).  Pursuant to the
        initial  Option  Plan,  228,131  shares of common stock are reserved for
        issuance  by the  Company  upon  exercise  of stock  options  granted to
        officers,  directors  and  employees of the Bank from time to time under
        the  Option  Plan.  The  purpose  of  the  option  plans  is to  provide
        additional incentive to certain officers, directors and key employees by
        facilitating  their purchase of a stock  interest in the Company.  Stock
        option plans  provide for the granting of  incentive  and  non-incentive
        stock options with a duration of ten years, after which no awards may be
        made, unless earlier terminated

                                      F-24
<PAGE>


16.     Stock Option Plan (Continued)

        by the Board of  Directors  pursuant  to the option  plans.  Stock to be
        offered under the plans may be authorized  but unissued  common stock or
        previously  issued  shares that have been  reacquired by the Company and
        held as treasury shares.

        Option  plans  are  administered  by  a  committee  of  at  least  three
        non-employee  directors designated by the Board of Directors (the Option
        Committee).  The Option  Committee  will  select the  employees  to whom
        options are to be granted  and the number of shares to be  granted.  The
        option  price may not be less than 100% of the fair market  value of the
        shares  on the date of the  grant,  and no option  shall be  exercisable
        after the  expiration  of ten years from the grant date.  In the case of
        any employee who owns more than 10% of the  outstanding  common stock at
        the time the option is  granted,  the option  price may not be less than
        110% of the fair  market  value of the  shares on the date of the grant,
        and the option shall not be  exercisable  after the  expiration  of five
        years  from the  grant  date.  The  exercise  price may be paid in cash,
        shares of the common stock, or a combination of both.

        As of the date of  conversion,  the  Option  Committee  granted  228,131
        shares  of  common  stock,  at an  exercise  price  of  $10  per  share,
        contingent  upon  stockholder  approval  of the  Option  Plan  which was
        ratified June 22, 1994. In addition, options for 18,479 shares of common
        stock,  at an  exercise  price of $16.50  per  share,  were  awarded  on
        November  20,  1996.  Additionally,  options for 2,053  shares of common
        stock,  at an  exercise  price of  $23.625  per share,  were  awarded on
        January 15, 1998. All such options are  exercisable  immediately.  As of
        September  30,  1998,  no options  have been  exercised  and all options
        granted remain  outstanding.  The Company accounts for the fair value of
        its  grants  issued  under the plans  subsequent  to  October 1, 1996 in
        accordance with FASB Statement 123. The compensation  cost that has been
        charged  against  income for the plans was $7,658  and  $51,447  for the
        years ended September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

        In accordance  with SFAS No. 123, the fair value of each option grant is
        estimated  on the date of grant using the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing
        model with the following  weighted  average  assumptions used for grants
        during  the  year  ended  September  30,  1998:  dividend  yield of 2.54
        percent,  expected volatility of 25.00 percent,  risk-free interest rate
        of 5.5 percent and  expected  life of two years.  Common  stock  options
        granted  during the year ended  September 30, 1998 had an exercise price
        of $23.625 per share and an estimated fair value of $3.73 per share.

        Certain  information  for the years  ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997
        relative to stock options are comprised of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                          
                                                                                September 30,
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1998                                     1997
                                                ------------------------------------     -----------------------------------
                                                                  Weighted-Average                            Weighted-Average
Fixed Options                                       Shares         Exercise Price             Shares          Exercise Price
- -------------                                   ----------------  ------------------     ------------------   --------------
<S>                                                   <C>                <C>                   <C>               <C>   
Outstanding at beginning of year                        246,610           $   10.59                228,131        $   10.00
    Granted                                               2,053               23.63                 18,479            16.50
    Canceled
    Exercised
                                                ----------------  ------------------     ------------------   --------------
Outstanding at end of year                              248,663              $10.70                246,610           $10.59
                                                ================  ==================     ==================   ==============
Exercisable at end of year                              248,663                                    246,610
                                                ================                         ==================
Number of shares available for future grant:
    Beginning of year                                         0                                          0
                                                ================                         ==================
    End of year                                               0                                          0
                                                ================                         ==================


</TABLE>

                                      F-25

<PAGE>

17.     Financial Instruments

        The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk
        in the normal  course of  business  to meet the  financial  needs of its
        customers  and to reduce its own  exposure to  fluctuations  in interest
        rates. These financial  instruments include commitments to extend credit
        and commitments to sell loans.  Those  instruments  involve,  to varying
        degrees,  elements  of credit  and  interest  rate risk in excess of the
        amount recognized in the Statement of Financial Condition.  The contract
        or  notional  amounts  of  those  instruments   reflect  the  extent  of
        involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

        The Bank's  exposure to credit loss in the event of  non-performance  by
        the other party to the  financial  instrument  for loan  commitments  is
        represented by the contractual notional amount of those instruments. The
        Bank uses the same credit policies in making  commitments as it does for
        on-balance-sheet instruments.

        At September 30, 1998, the Bank had outstanding commitments to originate
        loans receivable of $3,110,084. The commitments outstanding at September
        30, 1998  consisted  of  $3,060,084  in real estate  loans and a $50,000
        commercial  business loan. Of the  commitments  outstanding at September
        30, 1998,  $1,746,529  were for fixed rate loans with rates of 6.625% to
        10.75% and $1,363,555  were for adjustable rate loans with initial rates
        of 6.125% to 9.00%.

        Loan  commitments  are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there
        is  no  violation  of  any  condition   established   in  the  contract.
        Commitments  generally have fixed expiration dates or other  termination
        clauses and may require  payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments
        are expected to expire  without being drawn upon,  the total  commitment
        amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The Bank
        evaluates each customer's  creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The
        amount  of  collateral  obtained  if deemed  necessary  by the Bank upon
        extension of credit is based on  management's  credit  evaluation of the
        counter-party. Collateral held is primarily residential real estate, but
        may include autos, accounts receivable,  inventory,  property, plant and
        equipment.

        The Bank had no outstanding  commitments  from mortgage banking concerns
        to purchase loans yet to be originated at September 30, 1998.

        The Bank had outstanding  commitments  with mortgage banking concerns to
        sell  loans  of  $3,554,652  at  September  30,  1998,  the  outstanding
        commitments expire on November 8, 1998.

        The Bank had no  commitments to purchase  mortgage-backed  securities or
        investments at September 30, 1998 and 1997.

        At September 30, 1998,  loans with a carrying  value of $2,408,689  have
        been  classified by management as  held-for-sale.  The carrying value of
        these loans is at the lower of cost or market value as of September  30,
        1998.

18.     Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk

        The Bank grants  mortgage,  consumer  and  business  loans  primarily to
        customers  within the state.  Although the Bank has a  diversified  loan
        portfolio,  a  substantial  portion of its  customers'  ability to honor
        their contracts is dependent upon the agribusiness and energy sectors of
        the  economy.  The  Bank's  net  investment  in  loans is  subject  to a
        significant  concentration  of credit risk given that the  investment is
        primarily within a specific geographic area.

                                      F-26

<PAGE>

18.     Significant Concentrations of Credit Risk (Continued)

        As of September 30, 1998 the Bank had a net  investment of  $174,732,943
        in loans  receivable.  These loans possess an inherent credit risk given
        the  uncertainty  regarding the borrower's  compliance with the terms of
        the loan  agreement.  To reduce  credit  risk,  the loans are secured by
        varying forms of collateral,  including  first mortgages on real estate,
        liens on personal property,  savings accounts, etc. It is generally Bank
        policy to file liens on titled  property  taken as  collateral on loans,
        such as real  estate  and  autos.  In the event of  default,  the Bank's
        policy is to  foreclose or  repossess  collateral  on which it has filed
        liens.

        In the event  that any  borrower  completely  failed to comply  with the
        terms of the loan agreement and the related collateral proved worthless,
        the Bank would incur a loss equal to the loan balance.

19.     Related Party Transactions

        Directors and primary officers of the Company were customers of, and had
        transactions  with, the Bank in the ordinary  course of business  during
        the  two  years  ended   September  30,  1998  and  1997,   and  similar
        transactions  are  expected  in the future.  All loans  included in such
        transactions  were  made on  substantially  the  same  terms,  including
        interest  rates  and  collateral,  as those  prevailing  at the time for
        comparable transactions with other persons and did not involve more than
        normal risk of loss or present other unfavorable features.

        The following analysis is of loans made to principal officers, directors
        and principal holders of equity  securities that  individually  exceeded
        $60,000 in aggregate during the year ended September 30, 1998:

                                                           
                 Balance, September 30, 1997        $2,999,450
               
                 New loans                           3,133,987
                 Repayments                          2,950,839
                                                    ----------
                 Balance, September 30, 1998        $3,182,598
                                                    ==========
        
        The Bank has made several  commercial  loans to a director that at times
        have  approached  the  loans  to  one  borrower  limitations.  The  Bank
        evaluates the loan  limitations and sells the loans if they would exceed
        the  loans to one  borrower  limitation.  The Bank  sold  $1,010,165  of
        related  party  loans of this type during the year ended  September  30,
        1998.

20.     Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The  following  methods and  assumptions  were used to estimate the fair
        value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable
        to estimate that value:

        Cash:
        For those  short-term  instruments,  the carrying amount is a reasonable
        estimate of fair value.

        Time deposits in financial institutions:
        The fair value of fixed  maturity  certificate of deposits are estimated
        using the rates  currently  offered for  deposits  of similar  remaining
        maturities.

        Investment securities and mortgage-backed securities:
        For securities  held for investment  purposes,  fair values are based on
        quoted market prices or dealer quotes, if available.  If a quoted market
        price is not  available,  fair value is estimated  using  quoted  market
        prices for similar securities.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>


20.     Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

        Loans receivable:
        The fair value of loans is  estimated  by  discounting  the future  cash
        flows using the current  rates at which  similar  loans would be made to
        borrowers  with  similar  credit  ratings  and  for the  same  remaining
        maturities.

        Deposit liabilities:
        The fair value of demand deposits,  savings accounts,  and certain money
        market  deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting  date.
        The fair value of  fixed-maturity  certificates of deposit are estimated
        using the rates  currently  offered for  deposits  of similar  remaining
        maturities.

        Advances and other borrowings from Federal Home Loan Bank:
        The fair value of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank are estimated
        using the rates offered for similar borrowings.

        Commitments to extend credit:
        The fair value of  commitments  is  estimated  using the fees  currently
        charged  to enter into  similar  agreements,  taking  into  account  the
        remaining  terms of the agreements and the present  creditworthiness  of
        the  counterparties.  For fixed rate loan  commitments,  fair value also
        considers the  difference  between  current levels of interest rates and
        the committed rates.

        The estimated  fair values of the Bank's  financial  instruments  are as
        follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     September 30, 1998      September 30, 1997
                                                    ---------------------  ----------------------
                                                     Carrying      Fair     Carrying    Fair
                                                      Amount       Value     Amount     Value
                                                    -----------  --------  ----------  --------
                                                           (In Thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>     
Financial assets:
     Cash and cash equivalents:
         Interest-bearing ........................   $  2,012   $  2,012   $  2,063   $  2,063
         Non-interest bearing ....................        833        833        678        678
     Time deposits in other financial institutions        250        111        111
     Investment securities held-to-maturity ......     11,575     11,681     18,838     18,907
     Investment securities available-for-sale ....      9,221      9,221      7,123      7,123
     Mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity .     21,724     22,007     36,690     36,934
     Loans receivable ............................    172,324    176,586    157,673    157,985
     Loans held-for-sale .........................      2,409      2,409        490        499

Financial liabilities:
     Deposits ....................................    154,793    153,531    144,735    144,342
     Advances and other borrowings from
         the Federal Home Loan Bank ..............     41,700     41,682     46,200     46,058

                                                        Par        Fair       Par        Fair
                                                       Value      Value      Value      Value
                                                      -------    -------    -------    -------          
     Unrecognized financial instruments:
         Commitments to extend credit                  $3,110     $3,151     $1,907     $1,938
         Commitments to sell loans                      3,555      3,489        900        891

</TABLE>


        
                                      F-28
<PAGE>


                                                                


21.     Stock Conversion / Restrictions on Retained Earnings

        On August 24, 1993, the Board of Directors of the Bank adopted a Plan of
        Conversion to convert from a federally chartered mutual savings and loan
        association  to a  federally  chartered  stock  savings  bank  with  the
        concurrent  formation of Landmark  Bancshares,  Inc. to act as a holding
        company of the Bank (the "Conversion").

        At the date of  conversion,  March 28, 1994,  the Company  completed the
        sale of  2,281,312  shares of common  stock,  $0.10 par  value,  through
        concurrent  subscription  and  community  offerings at $10.00 per share.
        Included in the total shares  outstanding  are 91,252  shares which were
        purchased by the Bank's MSBP at an average price of $10.58 per share and
        136,878  shares  which were  purchased  by the Bank's ESOP at $10.00 per
        share. Net proceeds from the conversion,  after  recognizing  conversion
        expenses and underwriting costs of $701,411, were $22,111,709.  From the
        net  proceeds,  the Company  used  $11,055,855  to  purchase  all of the
        capital  stock of the  Bank,  $965,224  to fund the  purchase  of 91,252
        shares of the Company stock by the MSBP (Note 14) and $1,368,780 to fund
        the  purchase of 136,878  shares of the Company  stock by the ESOP (Note
        14).

        The Bank may not  declare or pay a cash  dividend  to the Company if the
        effect would cause the net worth of the Bank to be reduced  below either
        the  amount  required  for the  "liquidation  account"  or the net worth
        requirement imposed by the OTS. If all capital requirements  continue to
        be met, the Bank may not declare or pay a cash  dividend in an amount in
        excess of the  Bank's  net  earnings  for the  fiscal  year in which the
        dividend is  declared  plus  one-half  of the  surplus  over the capital
        requirements, without prior approval of the OTS.

        Office of Thrift  Supervision  regulations  require that upon conversion
        from  mutual  to stock  form of  ownership,  a  liquidation  account  be
        established  by  restricting  a portion of net worth for the  benefit of
        eligible  savings  account  holders who maintain their savings  accounts
        with the Bank after  conversion.  In the event of  complete  liquidation
        (and only in such event) each savings  account  holder who  continues to
        maintain   their  savings   account  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  a
        distribution from the liquidation account after payment to all creditors
        but before any  liquidation  distribution  with respect to common stock.
        The initial  liquidation  account was established at  $15,489,000.  This
        account may be proportionately  reduced for any subsequent  reduction in
        the eligible holder's savings accounts.

22.     Deposit Insurance

        The Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 authorized the  recapitalization
        of the Savings Associations Insurance Fund (SAIF) by imposing a one time
        special assessment on institutions with SAIF assessable  deposits.  Such
        assessment  was at the  rate of  0.657%  and was  imposed  in  order  to
        increase the reserve levels of the SAIF to 1.25% of insured deposits. On
        September  30,  1996,  the Bank  recorded  a  pre-tax  expense  for this
        assessment of $937,073.  The Bank's  annual  deposit  insurance  rate in
        effect  prior to this  recapitalization  was 0.23% of insured  deposits,
        declining to 0.064% of insured deposits effective January 1, 1997.


                                      F-29
<PAGE>


23.     Parent Company Financial Information

        Condensed  financial  statements of Landmark  Bancshares,  Inc.  (Parent
        Company)  are  shown  below.  The  Parent  Company  has  no  significant
        operating activities.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                   Condensed Statements of Financial Condition
                        As of September 30, 1998 and 1997
                                 (In Thousands)


                                                                  1998        1997
ASSETS                                                          --------    --------
<S>                                                             <C>         <C>     
         Cash and cash equivalents                              $    479    $    524
         Time deposits in other fnancial institutions                250         111
         Invesment securities available-for-sale                   6,000       4,137
         Investment subsidiary                                       920      11,039
         Loans receivable                                            939         996
                                                                --------    -------- 
         Total assets                                           $ 13,995    $ 16,883
                                                                ========    ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
     Liabilities                                                $  4,866    $    589
     Stockholders' equity:
         Common stock                                                228         228
         Additional paid-in capital                               22,466      22,117
         Retained income                                           4,845       3,410
         Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities        283         923
         Unamortized amounts related to ESOP and MSBP               (789)     (1,134)
                                                                ---------    --------     
                                                                  27,033      25,544
         Treasury stock, at cost                                 (17,904)     (9,250)
                                                                ---------   --------
         Total stockholders' equity                                9,129      16,294

         Total liabilities and stockholders' equity             $ 13,995    $ 16,883
                                                                ========    ========
</TABLE>


                       Condensed Statements of Operations
              For the Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           1998       1997      1996
                                        -------    -------   -------
<S>                                   <C>        <C>       <C>    
Equity earnings of subsidiary           $ 2,267    $ 2,393   $ 1,331
Interest and dividend income                248        176       221
Net gain on sale of investments             202        220        27
Other                                       (77)         1         3
                                        -------    -------   -------
    Total income                          2,640      2,790     1,582
                                        -------    -------   -------
Operating expenses                          235        218       129
                                        -------    -------   -------
    Income before income taxes            2,405      2,572     1,453

Income tax expense                           41         58        49
                                        -------    -------   -------
    Net income                          $ 2,364    $ 2,514   $ 1,404
                                        =======    =======   =======
</TABLE>


                                 F-30
<PAGE>

23.     Parent Company Financial Information (Continued)

                       Condensed Statements of Cash Flows
              For the Years Ended September 30, 1998, 1997 and 1996
                                 (In Thousands)
                               
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  1998       1996       1995
                                                                -------    -------    -------
<S>                                                            <C>        <C>        <C>    
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
     Net income                                                 $ 2,364    $ 2,514    $ 1,404
     Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
       provided by operating activities:
         Equity in net income of subsidiary                      (2,267)    (2,393)    (1,331)
         Gain on sale of investments                               (202)      (220)       (27)
         (Increase) decrease in other assets                       (165)       (47)       449
         Increase in other liabilities                              (17)        19         71
         Other                                                      164         87       (137)
                                                                -------    -------    -------

         Net cash provided (used) by operating activities          (123)       (40)       429
                                                                -------    -------    -------

Cash Flows from Investing Activities
     Dividends from subsidiary                                    8,000      4,000
     Acquisition of investment securities available-for-sale,
       including deposits                                        (3,765)    (1,190)    (2,214)
     Proceeds from sale of investment securities
       available-for-sale                                           669        749        308
     Decrease in loans to subsidiary and ESOP, net                  152        150      5,837
     Other loans, net                                               (95)        90         33
                                                                -------    -------    -------

         Net cash provided by investing activities                4,961      3,799      3,964
                                                                -------    -------    -------

Cash Flows from Financing Activities
     Proceeds from subsidiary note payable                        8,200
     Repayment of note payable to subsidiary                     (3,500)
     Purchase of treasury stock                                  (8,654)    (3,223)    (3,526)
     Cash dividends paid                                           (929)      (678)      (752)
                                                                -------    -------    -------

         Net cash used by financing activities                   (4,883)    (3,901)    (4,278)
                                                                -------    -------    -------

         Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents           (45)      (142)       115

         Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year             524        666        551
                                                                -------    -------    -------

         Cash and cash equivalents at end of year               $   479    $   524    $   666
                                                                =======    =======    =======

</TABLE>


                                      F-31


<PAGE>

                                OFFICE LOCATION

                                CORPORATE OFFICE
                           Landmark Bancshares, Inc.
                               Central and Spruce
                            Dodge City, Kansas 67801
                                 (316) 227-8111

                Board of Directors of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

        C. Duane Ross                            Larry Schugart
        Chairman of the Board                    President and Executive Officer
        President, High Plains Publishers, Inc. 

        David H. Snapp                           Richard Ball 
        Partner, Waite, Snapp & Doll,            CPA/Shareholder, Adams, Brown 
        Attorneys    at   Law                      Beran & Ball, Chtd.

        Jim W. Lewis
        Owner, Auto Dealerships

                Executive Officers of Landmark Bancshares, Inc.

        Larry Schugart                           Gary L. Watkins
        President and                            Secretary and    
        Chief Executive Officer                  Chief Financial Officer

        James F. Strovas        
        Treasurer and
        Chief Financial Officer            

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Corporate Counsel:                               Independent Auditors:
Waite, Snapp & Doll, Attorneys at Law            Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.
Landmark Federal Building                        300 West Douglas
Dodge City, Kansas  67801                        Suite 100
                                                 Wichita, Kansas  67202 


Special Counsel:                      Transfer Agent and Registrar:
Malizia, Spidi, Sloane & Fisch, P.C.  American Securities Transfer & Trust, Inc.
One Franklin Square                   1825 Lawrence Street, Suite 444
1301 K Street, N.W., Suite 700 East   Denver, Colorado  80202-1817
Washington, D.C. 20005


The Company's Annual Report for the year ended September 30, 1998 filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission on Form 10-KSB is available  without charge
upon  written  request.  For a copy of the Form  10-KSB  or any  other  investor
information,  please write or call:  Corporate  Secretary,  Landmark Bancshares,
Inc.,  Central  and Spruce,  Dodge City,  Kansas  67801.  The annual  meeting of
stockholders  will be held on January  20,  1999 at 1:30 p.m.  at the Dodge City
Country Club, North Avenue C, Dodge City, Kansas 67801.






                                   EXHIBIT 23

<PAGE>



                         INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S CONSENT



We consent to the  incorporation  by reference  in  Registration  statement  No.
33-95072 of Landmark  Bancshares,  Inc. on Form S-8 of our report dated  October
29, 1998  incorporated  by  reference  in this  Annual  Report on Form 10-KSB of
Landmark Bancshares, Inc. for the year ended September 30, 1998.



                                        /s/Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.
                                           Regier Carr & Monroe, L.L.P.



December 28, 1998
Wichita, Kansas


<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
     THIS  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  DERIVED FROM THE
     ANNUAL  REPORT ON FORM 10-KSB AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE
     TO SUCH FINANCIAL INFORMATION.
</LEGEND>


<MULTIPLIER>                                   1000
       
<S>                                            <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              SEP-30-1998
<PERIOD-END>                                   SEP-30-1998
<CASH>                                           2,844
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                           2,262
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                     0
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                      9,221
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                          33,299
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                            33,688
<LOANS>                                        174,733
<ALLOWANCE>                                      1,137
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 225,368
<DEPOSITS>                                     154,793
<SHORT-TERM>                                    26,700
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              3,851
<LONG-TERM>                                     15,000
                                0
                                          0
<COMMON>                                           228
<OTHER-SE>                                      24,796
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 225,368
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                 13,741
<INTEREST-INVEST>                                3,301
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                   165
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                17,207
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                               7,586
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              10,216
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                            6,991
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                      265
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 202
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                  4,134
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                  3,818
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                       3,818
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0
<CHANGES>                                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                     2,364
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     1.56
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     1.42
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    3.12
<LOANS-NON>                                        506
<LOANS-PAST>                                       182
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                   969
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                      107
<RECOVERIES>                                        10
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                1,137
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                             1,137
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                              0
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission